Home

Cadillac 2006 Escalade User's Manual

1. pou s m LE p he TIT TI A us syle J trees lt r i DANAK Ze ZE eNe F p7 a gt SAN LL p A gt gt ZIPS Zo 7 y A 7 Be 10 One of the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of traffic on them You will want to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals 4 34 Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving Know the best way to get to where you are going Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for a cross country trip Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities You will save time and energy See Freeway Driving on page 4 35 Treat a green light as a warning signal A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it When a light turns green and just before you start to move check both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light Freeway Driving Mile for mile freeways also called thruways parkways expressways turnpikes or superhighways are the safest of all roads But they have their own special rules The most important advice on freeway driving is Keep up with traffic and keep to the right Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are driving Too fast or too slow driving breaks a smoo
2. Fuses Usage Accessory Power Trailer Mid Bussed Electrical Center MBEC 1 Power Feed Front Seats Right Doors BLWR Front Climate Control Fan Left Bussed Electrical Center Door Modules Door Locks Auxiliary Power Outlet Rear Cargo Area and Instrument Panel fuses __ ___tsege _ ___ Power Trailer STUD 2 Wiring Brake Feed ABS Antilock Brakes Automatic Level Control VSES ECAS ALC Compressor Ignition Switch GN B Ignition Switch Left Bussed Electrical Center LBEC 1 Left Doors Truck Body Controller Flasher Module TRL PARK Parking Lamps Trailer Wiring Right Rear Parking and RARAHI Sidemarker Lamps Left Rear Parking and ERPARK Sidemarker Lamps PARK LP Parking Lamps Relay STRTR Starter Relay INTPARK Roof Marker Lamps STOP LP Stoplamps Truck Body Controller Battery SEO B2 Off Road Lamps aws Not Used Auxiliary Power AUX PWR Outlet Console 5 113 Fuses Usage PCM 1 Powertrain Control Module Electronic Throttle Control ETC ECM Electronic Brake Controller Instrument Panel Cluster Air Conditioning Relay Turn Signal Hazard Switch Starter Relay Electronic Brake Controller TC2 Mode Switch Electronic Suspension RTD Control Automatic Level Control ALC Exhaust TRL B U Backup Lamps Trailer Wiring F PMP Fuel Pump Relay Back up Lamps Automatic B U LP Transmission Shift Lock Control System RR DEFOG Rear Window Defogger HDLP HI Headlamp High Beam Relay PRIM
3. Parking Brake Release See Parking Brake on page 2 23 Tilt Lever See Tilt Wheel on page 3 6 Climate Control System See Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 3 24 Compact Disc Changer See CD Changer on page 3 99 Storage Area See nstrument Panel Storage Area on page 2 43 Analog Clock See Analog Clock on page 3 23 Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist Disable Button See Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA on page 3 20 StabiliTrak Disable Button See StabiliTrak System on page 4 9 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 2 42 Hazard Warning Flashers Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others They also let police know you have a problem Your front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located on top of the steering column Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what position your key is in and even if the key is not in the ignition Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off When the hazard warning flashers are on your turn signals will not work Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle 3 6 Horn To sound the horn press the center pad on the steering wheel Tilt Wheel The tilt steering wheel allows you to adju
4. 1 32 Q If I am a good driver and never drive far from home why should wear safety belts A You may be an excellent driver but if you are in an accident even one that is not your fault you and your passengers can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This part is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 1 48 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 50 Follow those rules for everyone s protection First you will want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has We will start with the driver position 1 33 Driver Position Lap Shoulder Belt The driver has a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear it properly 1 Close and lock the door 2 Adjust the seat so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index 1 34 3 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happen
5. 1 33 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 32 Rear Outside Passenger Positions 1 41 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 1 45 Right Front Passenger Position 0 1 41 Safety Belt Extender cc eeeeeeeeeeeee eens 1 47 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 41 Safety Belts Are for Everyone eeeeeeee 1 28 Safety Warnings and Symbols 0 0c eeeeeeees iii Scheduled Maintenance cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 4 Seats 50 50 Split Bench Seat cceceeeeeeeeeees 1 14 60 40 Split Bench Seat ceeeeeeeeeeee eee 1 11 Bench Seat aoaie aneron eea s a 1 19 Bucket Seats Rear ccccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 24 Head Restraints lt 2 2scdsiecsnes eedidee ak saeddaeetenssed 1 7 Heated and Cooled Seats 008 1 5 1 10 Heated Seats sciainisieaelasciaieis 1 4 Heated Seats Rear cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 10 MEMOFY ce nccccdiesiecene they canst ctenedeesiawinesiee rece 2 47 Power Lumbar sices ces ceeeheniseriaceslcid eal daeweeniaes 1 4 Power Seats ccccceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 1 3 Rear Seat Operation c cceeeeeneeeeea eee eenes 1 8 Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 1 6 Secondary Latch System ceeeeeeeeeeeeee een es 5 89 Securing a Child Restraint Center Rear Seat Position cceeeeeeeeee ee
6. If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture 5 65 High Speed Operation A CAUTION Driving at high speeds 100 mph 160 km h or higher puts an additional strain on tires Sustained high speed driving causes excessive heat build up and can cause sudden tire failure You could have a crash and you or others could be killed Some high speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for high speed operation When speed limits and road conditions are such that a vehicle can be driven at high speeds make sure the tires are rated for high speed operation in excellent condition and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load If your vehicle has P265 70R17 AL2 or P275 55R20 AL2 size tires and you will be driving at high speeds speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher set the cold inflation pressure to the maximum inflation pressure shown on the tire sidewall or 38 psi 265 kPa whichever is lower See the example following 5 66 When you end this high speed driving return the tires to the cold inflation pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 Example You will find the maximum load and inflation pressure molded on t
7. Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Siarting on page 5 38 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt 5 37 Jump Starting If your vehicle s battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because e They contain acid that can burn you e They contain gas that can explode or ignite e They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you 5 38 Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice f the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your
8. Calls can be placed nationwide using simple voice commands with no additional contracts and no additional roaming charges To find out more about OnStar Personal Calling refer to the OnStar User s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak to an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor Your vehicle may have Virtual Advisor It is a feature of OnStar Personal Calling that uses your minutes to access weather local traffic reports and sports updates By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics Customize your information profile at www myonstar com See the OnStar user s guide for more information 2 37 OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may be equipped with a Talk Mute e button that can be used to interact with OnStar See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 103 for more information When calling into voice mail systems or to dial directory numbers press the control wait for the number please response say the number s to be dialed wait for the number s to be repeated and then say dial See the OnStar User s Guide for more information 2 38 Universal Home Remote System The Universal Home Remote System a combined universal transmitter and receiver provides a way to replace up to
9. your vehicle to attempt to free it It may also be necessary to turn off the system when driving in extreme off road conditions where high wheel spin is required See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 44 Traction Control Operation The traction control system is part of the StabiliTrak system Traction control limits wheel spin by reducing engine power to the wheels engine speed management and by applying brakes to each individual wheel brake traction control as necessary The traction control system is enabled automatically when you start your vehicle and it will activate and display the TRACTION ACTIVE message in the Driver Information Center DIC if it senses that any of the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction while driving If you turn off StabiliTrak only the brake traction control portion of traction control will work The engine speed management will be disabled In this state engine power is not reduced automatically and the driven wheels can spin more freely This can cause the brake traction control to activate constantly For more information on the traction active message see Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 50 Notice lf the traction off light comes on due to heavy braking and or because the traction control system has been continuously active do not allow the wheel s of one axle to spin excessively If you do you may be causing damage to the tra
10. CHECK WASHER FLUID If the washer fluid level is low this message will appear on the DIC Adding washer fluid to the windshield washer reservoir will clear the message See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 33 Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display This message will clear itself after 10 seconds until the next ignition cycle 3 56 DRIVER DOOR AJAR If the driver s door is not fully closed and the vehicle is in a drive gear this message will appear on the display and you will hear a chime Stop and turn off the vehicle check the door for obstacles and close the door again Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display ENGINE COOLANT HOT If the cooling system temperature gets hot this message will appear in the DIC Turn off the air conditioning If the message is still on or if the engine coolant temperature gage continues to rise pull the vehicle over when it is safe to do so See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 42 for more information Stop the vehicle and let the engine idle in PARK P for a few minutes to allow the coolant to reach a safe temperature This message will clear when the coolant temperature drops to a safe operating temperature Pressing any of the four DIC butto
11. Cassette Tape Messages later in this section 3 80 1 PREV Previous The tape must have at least three seconds of silence between each selection for previous to work Press this pushbutton to go to the previous selection on the tape if the current selection has been playing for less than three seconds If pressed when the current selection has been playing from three to 13 seconds it will go to the beginning of the previous selection or the beginning of the current selection depending on the position on the tape If pressed when the current selection has been playing for more than 13 seconds it will go to the beginning of the current selection SEEK and a negative number will appear on the display while the cassette player is in the previous mode Pressing this pushbutton multiple times will increase the number of selections to be searched back up to 9 2 NEXT The tape must have at least three seconds of silence between each selection for next to work Press this pushbutton to go to the next selection on the tape Pressing this pushbutton multiple times in next mode will increase the number of selections to be searched forward SEEK and a positive number will appear on the display 3 REV Reverse Press this pushbutton to quickly reverse the tape The radio will play while the tape reverses Press it again to return to playing speed The station frequency and REV will appear on the display Select stations during
12. Do not drink and drive Adjust the inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlamps behind you Since you cannot see as well you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles Slow down especially on higher speed roads Your vehicle s headlamps can light up only so much road ahead In remote areas watch for animals If you are tired pull off the road in a safe place and rest No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver may require at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision For example if you spend the day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses Your eyes will have less trouble adjusting to night But if you are driving do not wear sunglasses at night They may cut down on glare from headlamps but they also make a lot of things invisible You can be temporarily blinded by approaching headlamps It can take a second or two or even several seconds for your eyes to re adjust to the dark When you are faced with severe glare as from a driver who does not lower the high beams or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps slow down a little Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Glare at night is made much wo
13. What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Always use the proper fluid Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid Your vehicle has a message that comes on when the washer fluid is low The message is displayed for 15 seconds at the start of each ignition cycle When the CHECK WASHER FLUID message is displayed you will need to add washer fluid to the windshield washer fluid reservoir See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 54 for more information Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 10 for reservoir location Notice e When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water e Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid e Fill your washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for expan
14. _ Seatback Only This can only be used for the heat feature Press this button to heat the seatback and cycle through the heat settings of high medium low and off Red indicator lights will glow for each heat setting chosen three lights for high two for medium and one for low A light in the button will also glow to indicate the seatback heat is on Se Entire Seat Press this button to heat or cool the entire seat and cycle through the settings of high medium low and off Red for heat or blue for cool indicator lights will glow for each setting chosen three lights for high two for medium and one for low 60 40 Split Bench Seat Second Row If your vehicle has a 60 40 split bench the seats can be flipped and folded for additional cargo space Flip and Fold Feature To flip and fold the seat do the following 1 Make sure that there is nothing under or in front of the seat 2 Make sure that the headrests are completely lowered or removed On regular models the rear seatbacks may be equipped with rearward folding headrests When the seatback is being folded forward the head rest will automatically fold rearward On extended models the headrests need to be removed and stored To do this push the button at the base of the head rest and pull the head rest out from the seatback Slide the head rest pins into the holes on the top of the seat cushion 3 Pull up on the strap loop located at the rear of th
15. for all your service needs You will get genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people We hope you will want to keep your GM vehicle all GM Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACVelco E parts GM Goodwrench E Accessories Accessories and Modifications When you add non GM accessories to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories may even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and y
16. forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 4 Lift the rear of the seat up from the floor 5 Pull on the release strap located in the lower center of the seat to release the seat from the floor and pull the seat out Use one hand to pull the release strap and the other on the handle to pull the seat out 7 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked Removing the Bench Seat To remove the seat do the following 1 Open the liftgate to access the controls for the bench seat and enter the rear of the vehicle 2 Fold the seatback forward using the instructions listed under Folding the Seatback previously The seat cannot be removed unless the seatback is folded 6 While holding the rear of the seat up roll the seat out of the vehicle 1 22 Installing the Bench Seat To install the seat do the following 1 Open the liftgate to access the rear of the vehicle 2 While holding the rear of th Slide the AN CAUTION font whee iio he coe a omer The front latches should lock into place If the latches do not A safety belt that is improperly routed not lock try tilting the rear of the seat upward properly attached or twisted will not provide 3 Once the latches are engaged let the seat drop the protection needed in a crash The person into place wearing the belt could be seriously
17. one thing If you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt out all the way you will engage the child restraint locking feature which may turn off the passenger s frontal airbag If this happens unintentionally just let the belt go back all the way and start again Rear Outside Passenger Positions It is very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Rear passengers who are not safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts 1 41 Lap Shoulder Belt 2 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way it will lock If it does let it go back all the way and start again If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 47 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to The positions next to the windows have lap shoulder belts Here is how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it T
18. s center pillar B pillar below the driver s door lock post striker This label lists your vehicle s original equipment tires and their recommended cold tire inflation pressures The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the tire and loading information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the spare tire For additional information regarding the spare tire see Spare Tire on page 5 97 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount
19. 3 40 eal E 3 19 Low Tire Pressure Warning Light 3 41 See te a eee ee ee ee ee Traction Off Light e 3 41 Battery Run Down Protection 349 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage csc 3 42 Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA 3 20 Transmission Temperature Gage 0ee 3 42 3 1 Section 3 Instrument Panel Malfunction Indicator Lamp eeeeeeeeeees 3 44 Audio System s cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeee ees 3 69 Oil Pressure Gage ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eeees 3 46 Setting the Time ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeneeaes 3 70 SECURITY Light cessions ntu ama oana 3 47 Radio with Cassette and CD esccecceeceeee 3 71 Cruise Control Light c eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 48 Navigation Radio System eceeeeeeeeeees 3 86 Highbeam On Vightstccisicn cid esterase eeees 3 48 Rear Seat Entertainment System 00005 3 86 Tow Haul Mode Light eceeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 48 Rear Seat Audio RSA ccecce 3 97 FUG Gage meeneid an e ae a T kia Es 3 49 CDi GMangel is cusinssscctte reds saneren ia in aie 3 99 Low Fuel Warning Light ecce 3 49 Theft Deterrent Feature a nn 3 102 Driver Information Center DIC 3 50 Audio Steering Wheel Controls ssseeeeeees 3 103 DIC Operation and Displays 0 00 cccceeeeeeee 3 50 Radio Reception 2a c scescnctiestecieesceeectiecteaetn 3 103 DIC Warnings and Messages 00
20. In auxiliary mode the Check the auxiliary input picture moves or scrolls connections at both devices Change the Video Format to PAL or NTSC See Stereo RCA Jacks previously for how to change the video format The language in the audio Check the audio or or on the screen language selection in the is wrong main DVD menu The remote control does Check to make sure there not work is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly The parental control button might have been turned on The power indicator light will flash 3 95 Recommended Action After stopping the player If the stop button was push Play but sometimes the DVD starts where left off and sometimes at the beginning The auxiliary source is running but there is no picture or sound My disc is stuck in the player The Load Eject button does not work 3 96 pressed one time the DVD player will resume playing where the DVD was stopped If the stop button was pressed two times the DVD player will begin to play from the beginning of the DVD Check that the DVD player is in the auxiliary source mode Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices Turn the DVD power off then on then press the load eject button on the DVD player Do not attempt to forcibly remove the disc from the DVD player This could permanen
21. Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed When you take your foot off the pedal your vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control will work on hills depends upon your speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you may want to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed When going downhill you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down Of course applying the brake takes you out of cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and do not use cruise control on steep hills Ending Cruise Control To turn off the cruise control do one of the following e Step lightly on the brake pedal e Move the cruise control switch to off e Shift the transmission to NEUTRAL N e f road conditions cause StabiliTrak to activate cruise control will turn off e If the accelerator pedal is held longer than 60 seconds cruise control will turn off The cruise control will turn off automatically if the traction control system or StabiliTrak system activate if your vehicle is equipped with either feature Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition your cruise control set speed memory is erased Exterior Lamps The control on the driver s side of your instrument panel operates the
22. Special Lubricant Spline or GM Part No U S 12345879 in Points Canada 10953474 One Piece f at Canada 10953511 or lubricant Dielectric Silicone Grease oa meeting requirements of Conciticnia GM Part No U S 12345579 in p GM 9985830 Canada 992887 Two Wheel f Davey Synthetic Grease with Teflon z Weatherstrip Superlube GM Part No Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Squeaks U S 12371287 in Hood Hinges GM Part No U S 12346241 in Canada 10953437 Canada 10953474 Body Door Hinge Pins Tailgate Hinge Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube and Linkage GM Part No U S 12346241 in Folding Seats Canada 10953474 and Fuel Door Hinge Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your GM dealer po Prt GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number A1518C PF46 41 985 Wiper Blades Front 22 0 inches 56 0 cm 15153642 fF O OER Rear 14 0 inches 35 5 cm 12494839 fF O OE Engine Drive Belt Routing A Air Conditioning Compressor 6 16 Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 9 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all mai
23. This of course disengages the cruise control But you do not need to reset it Once you re going about 25 mph 40 km h or more you can move the cruise control switch briefly from on to resume accelerate You will go right back up to your chosen speed and stay there If you hold the switch at resume accelerate the vehicle will keep going faster until you release the switch or apply the brake So unless you want to go faster do not hold the switch at resume accelerate 3 13 Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed e Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed Press the set button at the end of the lever then release the button and the accelerator pedal You will now cruise at the higher speed If the accelerator pedal is held longer than 60 seconds cruise control will turn off e Move the cruise switch from on to resume accelerate Hold it there until you get up to the speed you want and then release the switch To increase your speed in very small amounts move the switch briefly to resume accelerate Each time you do this your vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control e Press in the button at the end of the lever until you reach the lower speed you want then release it e To slow down in very small amounts briefly press the set button Each time you do this you will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower
24. To get the right reading the fluid should be at normal operating temperature which is 180 F to 200 F 82 C to 93 C Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles 24 km when outside temperatures are above 50 F 10 C If it is colder than 50 F 10 C drive the vehicle in THIRD 8 until the engine temperature gage moves and then remains steady for 10 minutes A cold fluid check can be made after the vehicle has been sitting for eight hours or more with the engine off but this is used only as a reference Let the engine run at idle for five minutes if outside temperatures are 50 F 10 C or more If it is colder than 50 F 10 C you may have to idle the engine longer Should the fluid level be low during this cold check you must check the fluid hot before adding fluid Checking the fluid hot will give you a more accurate reading of the fluid level Checking the Fluid Level Prepare your vehicle as follows 1 Park your vehicle on a level place Keep the engine running 2 With the parking brake applied place the shift lever in PARK P 3 With your foot on the brake pedal move the shift lever through each gear range pausing for about three seconds in each range Then position the shift lever in PARK P 4 Let the engine run at idle for three minutes or more Then without shutting off the engine follow these steps The transmission dipstick handle with this graphic is located at the rear of t
25. Wheel Wrench B Hoist Assembly Jack Handle C Hoist Cable Extensions D Tire Retainer J Spare Tire Lock E Hoist Shaft If Equipped 3 Attach the wheel wrench H and extensions I F Hoist End of together Extension Tool 5 93 4 Insert the hoist end F through the hole G in the rear bumper and into the hoist shaft 5 Raise the tire part way upward Make sure the retainer is seated in the wheel opening 6 Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice You cannot overtighten the cable 5 94 Make sure the tire is stored securely Push pull A and then try to turn B the tire If the tire moves use the wheel wrench to tighten the cable Reinstall the spare tire lock if equipped Regular Models Rear Access Panel Retaining Bracket D Wheel Blocks and Wing Nut E Jack Jack Tools F Knob Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Blocks Put the jack tools B in the tool bag and place in the retaining clip above the jack E Tighten down with the wing nut A 3 Assemble the wheel blocks D and jack E together with the wing nut D and knob F Position the jack storage cover in the left rear side panel and tighten adjusting clockwise until the jack is secured tight in the mounting bracket Be sure to position the holes in the base of the jack onto the
26. You can hit things inside the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passengers belts are fastened properly too 1 28 A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has a light that comes on as a reminder to buckle up See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 3 34 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law says to wear safety belts Here is why They work You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a bad one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 30 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as f
27. add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level up to the HOT area for a hot check It does not take much fluid generally less than one pint 0 5 L Do not overfill Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 e After adding fluid recheck the fluid level as described under How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid earlier in this section e When the correct fluid level is obtained push the dipstick back in all the way then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 24 5 21 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C e Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protect against rust and corrosion e Help keep the proper engine temperature e Let the warning lights and gages work as they should
28. airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or height they may keep the airbag system from working properly Also the airbag system may not work properly if you relocate any of the airbag sensors If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Q Because have a disability have to get my A vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my advanced airbag system Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module located under the driver s seat or the inside rearview mirror can affect the operation of the advanced airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see any
29. be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into Park P on page 2 24 lf you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 53 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transmission see f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 44 NEUTRAL N In this position your engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting your vehicle 2 21 DRIVE D This position is for normal driving If you need more power f
30. eeeeeeee 5 19 Engine Coolant 2 ccietneatsccarsagsecaveiadereseaceatencae 5 21 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 0 5 24 Engine Overheating siririna nsien 5 24 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode 5 26 Cooling SYSTEM rruaren saeni 5 27 Engine Fan NOISE i victpactictncceentesnereeesincdienne 5 31 Power Steering Fluid cseeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 32 Windshield Washer Fluid e eeeeeeee eee es 5 33 Brakes arene a E E ES 5 34 Battery ceara E E EN E E EER 5 37 JUMP Starting eericarenee 5 38 All Wheel Drive cceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeee es 5 43 Rear Axle oepa denne ea uerrini 5 44 Front Axle oiladan a e E 5 45 Headlamp Aiming ioa 5 46 Headlamp Horizontal Aiming e 5 47 Headlamp Vertical Aiming o 5 48 Bulb Replacement annn 5 49 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 5 49 Halogen Bulbs s ic ics dee eee eh aneuereeiastereeeeans 5 50 HO ACIAMpPS redre aa a 5 50 Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Daytime Running Lamps sisigan iaoeia aaa 5 54 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back up Lamps issceisestentaetiiecies 5 55 Replacement Bulbs cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 56 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 56 TOS yeee n EA E E EA EEEE 5 57 Tire Sidewall Labeling ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 58 Tire Terminology and Definitions 0 5 62 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Inflation Tire
31. flip them down out of the way 2 46 Sunroof Your vehicle may be equipped with a power sliding sunroof To open or close your sunroof the ignition needs to be on or RAP needs to be active See Retained Accessory Power under gnition Positions on page 2 17 Press and release the rear side of the button located in the front overhead console to express open the glass panel and sunshade To stop the express open motion press the front or rear of the button again To close the glass panel press and hold the front of the button The glass will not be fully seated unless the button is held until the glass stops moving With the sunroof closed press the forward side of the button to open the sunroof to the vent position The sunroof is also equipped with a sunshade which you can pull forward to block sun rays If a hand arm or other object is blocking the sunroof glass panel as it is closing the glass panel will stop at the obstruction After the obstruction is removed the glass panel can be closed or opened Use care not to leave the sunroof open for long periods of time as debris may collect in the tracks If the battery has been recharged disconnected or is not working you may need to reprogram the sunroof To do this start the vehicle and press the forward side of the sunroof button until the glass panel moves to a fully closed position Release and press again to move to the vent position which occurs when
32. nearly half the adult population choose never to drink alcohol so they never drive after drinking For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive But what if people do How much is too much if someone plans to drive It is a lot less than many might think Although it depends on each person and situation here is some general information on the problem The Blood Alcohol Concentration BAC of someone who is drinking depends upon four things e The amount of alcohol consumed e The drinker s body weight e The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking e The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol According to the American Medical Association a 180 Ib 82 kg person who drinks three 12 ounce 355 ml bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BAC of about 0 06 percent The person would reach the same BAC by drinking three 4 ounce 120 ml glasses of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1 1 2 ounces 45 ml of liquors like whiskey gin or vodka It is the amount of alcohol that counts For example if the same person drank three double martinis 3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each within an hour the person s BAC would be close to 0 12 perce
33. pin in the mounting bracket 5 95 Extended Models A Knob E Jack Tools B Removable F Mounting Bracket Storage Tray G Wing Nut Retaining C Retaining Hook Wheel Blocks D Retaining Bracket H Wheel Blocks and Wing Nut I Jack 5 96 Return the jack tools E to the tool bag Assemble wheel blocks H and jack I together with the wing nut G and retaining hook C Position under the jack storage tray B in the left rear side panel below the wheelbase and tighten adjusting clockwise until the jack is secured tight in the mounting bracket Be sure to position the holes in the base of the jack onto the pin in the mounting bracket Use the retaining clip to fasten the tool kit on the stud in the storage compartment in the rear left trim panel and turn the wing nut clockwise to secure Return the storage tray B to its original location Spare Tire Your vehicle when new had a fully inflated spare tire A spare tire may lose air over time so check its inflation pressure regularly See nflation Tire Pressure on page 5 64 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 for information regarding proper tire inflation and loading your vehicle For instruction on how to remove install or store a spare tire see Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire on page 5 83 and Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools on page 5 92 After installing the spare tire on your vehicle you should stop as soon
34. the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM If a problem occurs with the brake system this message will appear on the DIC If this message appears stop as soon as possible and turn off the vehicle Restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display If the message is still displayed or appears again when you begin driving the brake system needs service See your GM dealer Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display 3 59 SERVICE CHARGING SYSTEM On some vehicles if there is a problem with the battery charging system this message will appear on the DIC Under certain conditions the charging system light may also turn on in the instrument panel cluster See Charging System Light on page 3 38 The battery will not be charging at an optimal rate and the vehicle will lose the ability to enter the fuel economy mode The vehicle is safe to drive however you should have the electrical system checked by your GM dealer Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display SERVICE RIDE CONTROL If a problem occurs with the suspension system this message will appear on the DIC See your GM dealer Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge t
35. you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 6 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal of the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 7 Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 10 11 Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery Connect the other end of the negative cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Your vehicle s remote negative terminal is marked GND Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for awhile Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service 5 41 Notice If the jumper cables are connected o
36. 1 68 Rear Outside Seat Position cceeeeeeeeees 1 66 Right Front Seat Position cceeeeeeeeee ees 1 70 Security Light dsrscs innein e eee eee enia 3 47 SGIVICE opcsccsecuseteiasserserserdeensmesyeaciaa eoseeseveReaains 5 3 Accessories and Modifications e 5 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your VeNICIE cn tinencar eaea EES 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 06 5 3 Doing Your Own Work eceeeeeeeneeeeen eee eenes 5 4 Engine Soon Light c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 44 Publications Ordering Information 0 7 14 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 86 Setting the TIME cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeea eee eeneeaeeaes 3 70 Sheet Metal Damage eseeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 103 Shifting Into Park P wisi cesses eek catered 2 24 Shifting Out of Park P ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeenes 2 25 Signals Turn and Lane Change 205 3 8 Spare Tite sceisitesclsqespichereec tigre icles 5 97 Installing eerie 5 83 REMOVING irois o E EA E deere 5 80 SIONO dera iaa a e Ea aa aE 5 92 Specifications Capacities cceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 116 Speedometer irris escepeelsenenieicseciessiteeehraetenes 3 34 Split Bench Seat 50 50 eeeeeeeeeeeeeneee tenes 1 14 Split Bench Seat 60 40 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 1 11 StabiliTrak System ccccccsssssssssssseeeeeeeseeeees 4 9 Starting Your E
37. 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it 5 30 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the FULL COLD mark 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fan By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the FULL COLD mark 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated Engine Fan Noise If your vehicle is equipped with a clutched engine cooling fan when the clutch is engaged the fan spins faster to provide more air to cool the engine In most everyday driving conditions the fan is spinning slower and the clutch is not fully engaged This improves fuel economy and reduces fan noise Under heavy vehicle loading trailer towing and or high outside temperatures the fan speed increases as the clutch more fully engages so you may hear an increase in fan noise This is normal and should not be mistaken as the transmission slipping or making extra shifts It is merely the cooling system functioning properly The fan will slow down when additional cooling is not required and the clutch disengages You may also hear this fan noise when you start the engine It will go away as the fan clutch
38. 3 54 Care of the Cassette Tape Player 3 104 DIC Vehicle Customization cccccceee seen 3 63 Care of Your CDs and DVDS seeeees 3 105 Care of the CD and DVD Player 3 105 Diversity Antenna System ecceeeeeeeee ees 3 106 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 106 Chime Level Adjustment 0 eeeeeeeeee eee 3 106 4 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview 3 4 The main components of your instrument panel are the following A B C D Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 29 Exterior Lamps Control See Exterior Lamps on page 3 15 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 OnStar and Radio Steering Wheel Buttons See OnStar System on page 2 36 and Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 103 Instrument Panel Cluster See Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 33 Shift Lever Tow Haul Selector Button See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 20 and Tow Haul Mode on page 2 23 Audio System See Audio System s on page 3 69 Dome Override Button See Dome Lamps on page 3 19 Rear Wiper Washer See Windshield Washer on page 3 10 Fog Lamps Button See Fog Lamps on page 3 18 K DO Driver Information Center DIC Buttons See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 50
39. 4 Accessory Power Outlet S e eeeeeeeeee ees 3 22 Hazard Warning Flashers eeeeeeeeeeeee ee 3 6 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 00 3 23 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 3 6 Analog CIOCK i sesccesiccecacececcancane eani nania sai 3 23 Horn PE E A EE TE 3 6 Climate COntrolS ccccccccccccccccccecccccceeeccccceeee 3 24 Tilt Wheel Suseeiies pes fet tttceeeeeee ete teneeeeeeetetteaes 3 6 Dual Automatic Climate Control System 3 24 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever ssss1s111 3 7 Outlet Adjustment 0 ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 29 abe a Fate m Sette eeeeaeeeteneenenens a Rear Climate Control System ccccceeeeeee 3 30 Flash t0 PasS vince Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 32 Windshield Wipers soouss ete 3 10 Instrument Panel Cluster 0 sees 3 33 Windshield Washer 00 scesssesssneeeees Po a ee cones Sane eee E Rear Window Wiper Washer s c 3 11 i i O eemo eda Epa aian 3 34 Se ee ee ee a Safety Belt Reminder Light 0 0 cccccccceeee 3 34 Headlamps on Reminder 38 Alfoag Readiness Light uusi 3 35 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 0008 3 16 oe ci F n poiecio a E Automatic Headlamp System 0ccc0cccce 3 17 anai Gide BU cecebictnen tet ene ae B Aea Brightness E A a Brake System Warning Light eeeee 3 39 Dome LAMPS aon 3 19 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light
40. DVD menu The DVD menu is different on every DVD Use the up down left and right arrow buttons to move the cursor around the DVD menu After making a selection press the enter button This button only operates when playing a DVD 4 Enter Press this button to select the choices that are highlighted in any menu Se Return Press this button to exit the current active menu and return to the previous menu This button will operate only when a DVD is playing and a menu is active 3 93 Gu Camera Angle Press this button to change camera angles on DVDs that have this feature when a DVD is playing The format and content of this function will vary for each disc CJ Subtitle Press this button to turn on subtitles and to move through subtitle options when a DVD is playing The format and content of this function will vary for each disc Fast Forward Press this button to fast forward the DVD or CD To stop fast forwarding press this button again This button may not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews gt Play Pause Press this button to start play of a DVD or CD Press this button while a DVD or CD is playing to pause it Press this button again to continue the play of the DVD or CD When the DVD is playing press the pause button then press the fast forward button The DVD will continue playing in a slow play mode To cancel slow play mode press the play pause button
41. II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the message comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance sevice ET Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 11 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 14 An Emission Control Service Lubricate chassis components See footnote ooo e e f o E Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote j ooo e f o E Inspect engine air cleaner filter or change indicator if equipped If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 16 See footnote k Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 70 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 10 Inspect brake system See footnote a ooo e o e Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 inspect suspension and steering components See footnote Finspeot engine cooling system See footnote 6 D T Finspeot wiper blades See footnote SSCS SSC inspect restraint system components See footnote e T Lubricate body components See footnote D T Check transmission fuid lev
42. It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system and also damage the plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT General Motors recommends against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on If this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel may be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving 5 6 Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep spark
43. Manual Other Warning Devices 6cceeeeeeeeenee een etnies Outlet Adjustment ceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror with Curb View Assist Convex Mirror cccccccecee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Heated Mirrors ccc ce cece ceeeee eee eeeeeeneeaes Power Mirrors Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode 5 26 Owner Checks and Services 0cceeeeeeeeeeeees 6 9 Owners Canadian lt csescccdcsccshccitectiscaceecnsenicecebiateens ii Park Aid se aa E 3 20 Park P Shifting IMO eines 2 24 Shifting OUt Of 2cvititasyhlenieigeie ieee vies 2 25 Parking ASSIST aana A E 3 20 Brake eislean ae ea EEE E 2 23 Over Things That Burn oseese 2 26 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 005 3 36 Passenger Sensing System ceeeeeeeeneee ees 1 82 PASSING iensen r ENE 4 14 Passlock orain S A 2 16 Power Accessory Outlet S c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 3 22 Door LOCKS cipi tatescap E a R 2 9 Electrical System 0 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee tenes 5 107 Lumbar Gontrols lt sisscsiasteccieeteresedssdevediievieases 1 4 Retained Accessory RAP ccce 2 17 MOL eaa tah incense dencasciees canta sens 1 3 Steering Fluid erer sivcincis ttc oagancueeseeeeeadeeecetes 5 32 WINGOWS sree tre E E EEE 2 13 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 10 Q Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 32 FRAGIOS cresa e e
44. PASSING omae a EE E aE aaia 4 14 Loss of Gontroll occ cciscs sendaiedhieneiwiccsteensenctend 4 16 Off Road Driving v cccs sesiececesgessuetss anaie 4 17 Driving at Night lt i issccctcegas ninoi ienai 4 30 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 32 Driving Your Vehicle City DVINO heinean aia EEA 4 34 Freeway Driving ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 4 35 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 0 4 36 Highway Hypnosis ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 37 Hill and Mountain Roads eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 38 Winter Driving isci tnsscock cocieasenennipecmerdevetanedal 4 40 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud lce OF SNOW sss iecacteadentee Seinte o o nE sian 4 44 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 44 Recovery HOOKS creision anpa a raai 4 45 Loading Your Vehicle seeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 46 MOWING 2222s stetten destinies E ee eee 4 52 Towing Your Vehicle cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 52 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeee 4 52 TOWING a Trailer 2 ttevves vine daniten td aee 4 53 Trailer Recommendations eeeeeeeeee es 4 65 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle A CAUTION Defensive Driving Defensive driving really means Be ready for anything On city streets rural roads or The best advice anyone can give about driving is Drive expressways it means Always expect the defensively unexpect
45. Pressure 0 0ceeeeeeeeeees Tire Pressure Monitor System 0eeeeeees Tire Inspection and Rotation ee When It Is Time for New Tires 2065 Buying New Tires ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee entree Different Size Tires and Wheels Uniform Tire Quality Grading ceeeee Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance Wheel Replacement c eeceeeeeeeeeeees Tire Chain ccscccseivievenssardececsteeseeeecseeesenswoens If a Tire Goes Flat cceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Changing a Flat Tire 0 2 0 0 cceeeeeeeeee eee eeee es Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Vite viccecisiwertnicteceseditveieeeboresvelveewes Secondary Latch System eeeeeeeeeeee ees Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools SPAMS Te sirrinin Pecan seed anaE i a eenahiesc te Appearance Care c cceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Fabric Carpet sictcces stedesnextaacnecs urana oinen GAINED scactsthaseachigenceqstanangntrenchatettannndiaennts Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUN ACES tase oie cre a ten seattveces EE Wood Panels siwcccsess vitenccvincddeterat Roneecitensaeias Speaker Covers cc cisecisckisedes teceicdiaeea wes 5 2 Care of Safety Belts cc eeeeeeeeeeeeee erences 5 100 WeathersttipS 22 ce cccence
46. Seats aonan beienu noii inaen ai 1 8 Rear Seat Operation cccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeenes 1 8 Heated Seats rocendann a 1 10 Heated and Cooled Seats cceeeeeeees 1 10 60 40 Split Bench Seat Second Row 1 11 50 50 Split Bench Seat Third Row 1 14 Bench Seat Third ROW eeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eens 1 19 Bucket Seats Second Row eceeeeeeees 1 24 Safety Belts cccceceeeee ence eee errenneren 1 28 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 1 28 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 32 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 33 Driver POSIIOM scis onini ee e akaa doneedes 1 34 Seats and Restraint Systems Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 4 1 41 Right Front Passenger Position 0000 1 41 Rear Outside Passenger Positions 1 41 Center Rear Passenger Position 1 44 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 00 1 45 Safety Belt Extender cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 47 Child Restraints ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 48 Older Children zccscscsc tose taccihesnssdaaceedd eeeentiaade 1 48 Infants and Young Children eeeeeeeeees 1 50 Child Restraint Systems c ceeeeeeeeeeee tenes 1 53 Where to Put the Restraint eeee 1 58 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children ATI GE rosee in
47. TTY in the Roadside Service Center Any customer who has access to a TTY ora conventional teletypewriter can communicate with Cadillac by dialing from the United States or Canada 1 888 889 2438 daily 24 hours Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for new vehicles The Courtesy Transportation program is offered to customers in conjunction with the Bumper to Bumper coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Several transportation options are available when warranty repairs are required This will reduce your inconvenience during warranty repairs Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service you should contact your dealer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Transportation Options
48. This function does not apply for XM Satellite Radio Service 3 76 Setting Preset PTYs RDS Only These buttons have factory PTY presets Up to 12 PTYs six FM1 and six FM2 can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Press BAND to select FM1 or FM2 2 Press the TYPE button to activate program type select mode TYPE and the last selected PTY will appear on the display 3 Turn the TYPE knob or press and release the TYPE button to select a PTY 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until you hear a beep Whenever that numbered pushbutton is pressed the PTY that was set will return 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton RDS Messages INFO Information If the current station has a message the information symbol will appear on the display Press this button to see the message The message may display the artist song title call in phone numbers etc If the entire message is not displayed parts of the message will appear every three seconds To scroll through the message press and release the INFO button A new group of words will appear on the display after every press of the button Once the complete message has been displayed the information symbol will disappear from the display until another new message is received The last message can be displayed by pressing the INFO button You can view the last message until a new message is received or a
49. Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Participating dealers can provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service to a destination up to 10 miles 16 km from the dealership Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires warranty repairs reimbursement of public transportation expenses may be available for up to a maximum of five days In addition should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available up to a five day maximum Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for a warranty repair Reimbursement will be limited to a maximum amount per day and must be supported by receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage
50. a Ee deeds 3 69 Care of Your Cassette Tape Player 3 104 Care of Your CD and DVD Player 3 105 Care of Your CDs and DVDs 0006 3 105 CD Changal vacateseat nels sae cana sees aA 3 99 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual crecen E aa teddies ele 3 86 Radio with Cassette and CD ceeeeeeeeee 3 71 Rear Seat Audio 6ccccceeeceeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 3 97 Setting the TiMe ccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeenes 3 70 Theft Deterrent cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 102 Understanding Reception cece 3 103 Reading Lamps xiscnscnanceasticasseadonetiaanenant arated 3 19 Rear Axle erae iacr naen E O E EEEE E 5 44 Rear Climate Control System eeeeseeeeeeeee 3 30 Rear Door Security LOCKS seseseeeceereeereeeeen 2 10 Rear Heated Seats ccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 10 Rear Outside Passenger Positions Safety Belts 1 41 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 055 1 45 Rear Seat Armrest 0 ccceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 2 44 Rear Seat Audio RSA cceeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneees 3 97 10 Rear Seat Entertainment System 00 Rear Seat Operation cceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeen tees Rear Windshield Washer Wiper scce Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with COMPASS anseres aas E E ENE ET Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with OnStar and Compass cccsccssssseseeeees Rearvi
51. and keep it from rolling backwards Also apply the parking brake If the engine is still running shift the transmission to REVERSE R release the parking brake and slowly back down the hill in REVERSE R If the engine has stopped running you will need to restart it With the brake pedal pressed and the parking brake still applied shift the transmission to PARK P and restart the engine Then shift to REVERSE R release the parking brake and slowly back down the hill as straight as possible in REVERSE R 4 24 As you are backing down the hill put your left hand on the steering wheel at the 12 o clock position This way you will be able to tell if the wheels are straight and maneuver as you back down It is best that you back down the hill with the wheels straight rather than in the left or right direction Turning the wheel too far to the left or right will increase the possibility of a rollover Here are some things you must not do if you stall or are about to stall when going up a hill Never attempt to prevent a stall by shifting into NEUTRAL N to rev up the engine and regain forward momentum This will not work Your vehicle will roll backwards very quickly and you could go out of control Instead apply the regular brake to stop the vehicle Then apply the parking brake Shift to REVERSE R release the parking brake and slowly back straight down Never attempt to turn around if you are about to
52. as possible and make sure the spare is correctly inflated Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired or replaced as soon as you can and installed back onto your vehicle This way a spare tire will be available in case you need it again Your vehicle may have a different size spare tire than the road tires those originally installed on your vehicle This spare tire was developed for use on your vehicle so it is all right to drive on it Appearance Care Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only
53. be stored in the DVD player The DVD player will not resume play of the disc automatically 3 91 Remote Control To use the remote control aim it at the transmitter window below the video screen and press the desired button Direct sunlight or very bright light may affect the ability of the RSE system to receive signals from the remote control If the remote control does not seem to be working the batteries may need to be replaced See Battery Replacement later in this section Objects blocking the line of sight may also affect the function of the remote control Notice Storing the remote control in a hot area or in direct sunlight may damage it and the repairs will not be covered by your warranty Keep the remote control stored in a cool dry place To extend the life of the batteries the remote control does not have a press and hold feature 3 92 Remote Control Buttons b Power Press this button to turn the DVD player on and off 4 Title Press this button to return the DVD to the main menu of the DVD A W lt gt Menu Navigation Arrows Use the arrow buttons to navigate through a menu C Set up Menu Press this button to adjust the color tint brightness contrast display mode and dynamic range compression The dynamic range compression feature can be used to reduce loud audio and increase low audio produced by some DVDs d Audio Press this button to display a menu t
54. be sure it is secure To use the cigarette lighter push it in all the way and let go When it s ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating will not allow the lighter to back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating may occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating Analog Clock To adjust the clock do the following 1 Locate the adjustment button to the lower left corner of the clock 2 Push and hold the adjustment button to advance the clock hands Release the button before you get to the desired time 3 Push and release the button to increase the time by one minute increments until the desired time is reached 3 23 Climate Controls Dual Automatic Climate Control System With this system you can control the heating cooling and ventilation in your vehicle Co Jle Jf I Ji You can select different climate control settings for the driver and passengers Driver s Side Temperature Knob The driver s side knob is used to adjust the temperature of the air coming through the system on the driver s side The temperature can be adjusted even if the system is turned off This is possible since outside air 3 24 will always flow through the system as the vehicle is moving forward unless it is set to recirculation mode See Recirculatio
55. being aimed to be seen on the flat surface Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam 1 Find the aim dot on the lens of the low beam lamps cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may 2 Measure the distance from the ground to the aim cause excessive heat build up which may cause dot on each low beam lamp Record this distance damage to the headlamp 5 48 5 Turn the vertical aiming screw V until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line The top edge of the cut off should be positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line 6 Repeat Steps 4 and 5 for the opposite headlamp Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 56 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting A CAUTION The low beam high intensity discharge lighting system operates at a very high voltage If you try to service any of the system components you could be seriously injured Have your dealer or a qualified technician service them Your vehicle may have HID headlamps After your vehicle s HID headlamp bulb has been replaced you may notice that the beam is a slightly different shade than it was originally This is normal 5 49 Halogen Bulbs Headlamps A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch t
56. button while LOCK FEEDBACK is displayed on the DIC Pressing the select button will scroll through the following choices LOCK FEEDBACK BOTH default The parking lamps will flash each time you press the button with the lock symbol on the remote keyless entry transmitter and the horn will chirp the second time you press the lock button LOCK FEEDBACK LAMPS The parking lamps will flash each time you press the button with the lock symbol on the remote keyless entry transmitter LOCK FEEDBACK HORN The horn will chirp the second time you press the button with the lock symbol on the remote keyless entry transmitter LOCK FEEDBACK OFF There will be no feedback when locking the vehicle Choose one of the available options and press the customization button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it and move on to the next feature Unlock Feedback Press the customization button until UNLOCK FEEDBACK appears in the display To select your preference for the feedback you will receive when unlocking the vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter press the select button while UNLOCK FEEDBACK is displayed on the DIC Pressing the select button will scroll through the following choices UNLOCK FEEDBACK LAMPS default The parking lamps will flash each time you press the button with the unlock symbol on the remote keyless entry transmitter 3 65 UNLOCK FEEDBACK HORN The horn will chirp the second time you press the
57. button with the unlock symbol on the remote keyless entry transmitter UNLOCK FEEDBACK BOTH The parking lamps will flash each time you press the button with the unlock symbol on the remote keyless entry transmitter and the horn will chirp the second time you press the unlock button UNLOCK FEEDBACK OFF There will be no feedback when unlocking the vehicle Choose one of the available options and press the customization button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it and move on to the next feature Headlamp Delay Press the customization button until HEADLAMP DELAY appears in the display To select your preference for how long the headlamps will stay on when you turn off the vehicle press the select button while HEADLAMP DELAY is displayed on the DIC Pressing the select button will scroll through the following choices e HEADLAMP DELAY 10 SEC Seconds default e HEADLAMP DELAY 20 SEC e HEADLAMP DELAY 40 SEC 3 66 e HEADLAMP DELAY 1 MIN Minute e HEADLAMP DELAY 2 MIN e HEADLAMP DELAY 3 MIN e HEADLAMP DELAY OFF The amount of time you choose will be the amount of time that the headlamps stay on after you turn off the vehicle If you choose off the headlamps will turn off as soon as you turn off the vehicle Choose one of the available options and press the customization button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it and move on to the next feature Perimeter Lights Press the customization but
58. by your warranty Outlet Adjustment Your vehicle has air outlets located in the center and on the side of your instrument panel that allow you to adjust the direction and amount of airflow inside the vehicle Move the louvers up or down Use the thumbwheel next to or underneath the outlet to close the louvers For the most efficient airflow and temperature control keep the outlet in the fully opened position Operation Tips e Keep the hood and front air inlets free of ice snow or any other obstruction such as leaves The heater and defroster will work far better reducing the chance of fogging the inside of your windows e Keep the air path under the front seats clear of objects This helps air to circulate throughout your vehicle e Adding outside equipment to the front of your vehicle such as hood air deflectors etc may affect the performance of the heating and air conditioning system Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle 3 29 Rear Climate Control System With this system the front or rear passengers can control the air temperature air flow and fan speed for the rear seat passengers The front overhead console and the rear controls are used to adjust the climate Driver Overhead Control Front Controls United States shown Canada similar AUX Turn the knob located on the left side of the control panel to this position to allow the rear seat passengers to have
59. child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child CAUTION Continued 1 58 CAUTION Continued restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly
60. contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 800 424 9393 or 366 0123 in the Washington D C area or write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the hotline Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect you should immediately notify Transport Canada in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited You may call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Place de Ville Tower C 330 Sparks Street Ottawa Ontario K1A ON5 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this we certainly hope you will notify us Please call us at 1 800 458 8006 or write Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Car Division P O Box 33169 Detroit MI 48232 5169 In Canada please call us at 1 888 446 2000 Or write Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre 163 005 General Motors of Canada Limited 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 7 14 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Transmission Transaxle Transfer Case Unit Repair Manual Th
61. cover in the vehicle do the following it in the proper storage location When you put 1 Make sure the cover slot in the holder faces it back always be sure that it is securely rearward with the round surface facing down reattached 2 Then hold the cover at an angle and place the cover holder tab into the slot in the drivers side If you have a cargo cover you can use it to cover items trim panel in the cargo area of your vehicle 3 Move the other end of the cover forward and hold it To use the cover do the following next to the passenger s side trim panel slot 1 Pull the cover handle toward the rear of the vehicle 4 Push the button on top of the passenger s side i _ endcap This will allow the cover to extend into 2 sent the cover posts into a retaining sockets the trim slot on the cargo area trim pang s 5 Lightly pull on the cover holder to make sure it is To return the cover to the retracted position do the following 1 Pull up on the cover handle to release the cover posts from the retaining sockets 2 Let the cover move forward to the full retracted position secure On some models there are two slots The slots furthest forward allow the cover to be used if the third seat is removed or folded down 2 45 Cargo Tie Downs Your vehicle may be equipped with cargo tie downs in the rear cargo area that allow you to strap cargo in and keep it from moving inside the vehicle When not using the tie downs
62. different station is tuned to Radio Messages CAL ERR Calibration Error The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If CAL ERR appears on the display it means that the radio has not been configured properly for the vehicle and must be returned to your GM dealer for service LOCKED This message is displayed when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up Take the vehicle to your GM dealer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your GM dealer 3 77 XM Radio Messages Radio Display a F XL Explicit Language XL on the radio display These channels or any others can be blocked at a Channels after the channel name customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 indicates content with explicit language Updating Updating encryption code The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No Signal Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When you move into an open area the signal should return Loading XM Acquiring channel audio The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and after 4 second delay text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly CH Off Air Channel not in service This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel CH U
63. do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt can not properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time 1 49 A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child If the child wears the belt in this way in a crash the child might slide under the belt The belt s force would then be applied right on the child s abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries 1 50 Wherever the child sits the lap portion of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the child s thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone unless there is no other choice Instead they need to use a child restr
64. economically 180 110 120 PRND321 United States version shown Canada similar 3 33 Speedometer and Odometer Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h Your vehicle s odometer works together with the driver information center You can set a Trip A and Trip B odometer See Trip Information under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 50 The odometer mileage can be checked without the vehicle running Simply press the trip stem on the instrument panel cluster If your vehicle ever needs a new odometer installed the new one will be set to the correct mileage total of the old odometer Trip Odometer The trip odometer can tell you how far your vehicle has been driven since you last set the trip odometer to zero Press the reset button located on the instrument panel cluster next to the trip odometer display to toggle between the trip odometer and the regular odometer Holding the reset button for approximately one second while the trip odometer is displayed will reset it To display the odometer reading with the ignition off press the reset button 3 34 Tachometer Your tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Safety Belt Reminder Light When the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will be provided for several seconds to remind people to buckle their safety belts The driver safety belt light will als
65. glare from any headlamps behind you after dark D On Off This is the on off button for the automatic dimming feature and compass Press the far left button located below the mirror face for up to three seconds to turn the feature on and off A light on the mirror will be lit while the feature is turned on Compass Operation Press the on off button once to turn the compass on or off There is a compass display in the window in the upper right corner of the mirror face The compass displays a maximum of two characters For example NE is displayed for north east Compass Calibration Press and hold the on off button down for nine seconds to activate the compass calibration mode CAL will be displayed in the compass window on the mirror The compass can be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display reads a direction Compass Variance Compass variance is the difference between earth s magnetic north and true geographic north The mirror is set to zone eight upon leaving the factory It will be necessary to adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if you live outside zone eight Under certain circumstances such as during a long distance cross country trip it will be necessary to adjust for compass variance If not adjusted to account for compass variance your compass could give false readings To adjust for compass variance do the following 1 F
66. grip on the steering wheel e Get a smooth start up the hill and try to maintain your speed Do not use more power than you need because you do not want the wheels to start spinning or sliding e Try to drive straight up the hill if at all possible If the path twists and turns you might want to find another route A CAUTION Turning or driving across steep hills can be dangerous You could lose traction slide sideways and possibly roll over You could be seriously injured or killed When driving up hills always try to go straight up Ease up on your speed as you approach the top of the hill e Attach a flag to the vehicle to make you more visible to approaching traffic on trails or hills Sound the horn as you approach the top of the hill to let opposing traffic know you are there Use the headlamps even during the day They make you more visible to oncoming traffic A CAUTION Driving to the top crest of a hill at full speed can cause an accident There could be a drop off embankment cliff or even another vehicle You could be seriously injured or killed As you near the top of a hill slow down and stay alert 4 23 Q What should do if my vehicle stalls or A is about to stall and cannot make it up the hill If this happens there are some things you should do and there are some things you must not do First here is what you should do Push the brake pedal to stop the vehicle
67. in a crash The sensing system triggers a release of gas from the inflator which inflates the airbag The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag modules inside the steering wheel the instrument panel and the side of the front seatbacks closest to the door 1 79 How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle The airbag supplements the protection provided by safety belts Airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually But the frontal airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including rollovers rear impacts and many side impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward the airbag Side impact airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including many frontal or near frontal collisions and rear impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward those airbags Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts and then only in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions for the frontal airbags and only in moderate to severe side collisions for vehicles with a side impact airbag 1 80 What Will You See After an Airb
68. in the ignition all of the doors will lock and then the driver s door will unlock Liftgate Liftglass A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the liftgate or liftglass open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the liftgate open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the liftgate or liftglass e Make sure all other windows are shut e Turn the fan on your climate control system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System in the Index If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 2 26 To unlock the liftgate and liftgate glass from the outside use either the power door locks or the remote keyless entry system The liftgate glass can be opened using the pushbutton on the liftgate after the doors have been unlocked To open the entire liftgate lift the handle located in the center of the door To lock the liftgate and liftgate glass from the outside use the remote keyless entry system or the power door locks Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permane
69. in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 Oils meeting these requirements should also have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API You should look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both will provide easier cold starting and better protection for your engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to your oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you will need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has a co
70. injured Z CAUTION After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly A seat that is not locked into place properly routed and attached and are not twisted can move around in a collision or sudden stop People in the vehicle could be injured Be sure to lock the seat into place properly when installing it 4 Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place The seatback cannot be raised to the upright position unless the seat is secured to the floor 1 23 5 Release the lever labeled 1 located on the rear of the seat and pull the seatback up to return it to the upright position A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 6 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked 1 24 Bucket Seats Second Row If your vehicle has bucket seats the seatbacks can be reclined and the seats can be flipped and folded for additional cargo space Reclining the Seatbacks To recline the seatback do the following 1 Pull up on the lever located under the outboard side of the seat cushion Regular Model Lever shown Extended Model Lever similar 2 Move the seatback to the desired position and release the lever to lock the seatback in place Flip and Fold Feature A CAUTION
71. long as the tailpipe is under water you will never be able to start the engine When you go through water remember that when the brakes get wet it may take you longer to stop A CAUTION Driving through rushing water can be dangerous Deep water can sweep your vehicle downstream and you and your passengers could drown If it is only shallow water it can still wash away the ground from under your tires and you could lose traction and roll the vehicle over Do not drive through rushing water See Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads on page 4 32 for more information on driving through water 4 29 After Off Road Driving Remove any brush or debris that has collected on the underbody chassis or under the hood These accumulations can be a fire hazard After operation in mud or sand have the brake linings cleaned and checked These substances can cause glazing and uneven braking Check the body structure steering suspension wheels tires and exhaust system for damage Also check the fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage Your vehicle will require more frequent service due to off road use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for additional information 4 30 Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Here are some tips on night driving Drive defensively
72. manufacturer If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 58 for additional information 5 72 A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the same size brand and type tires on all wheels Your vehicle may have a different size spare than the road tires those originally installed on your vehicle When new your vehicle included a spare tire and wheel assembly with a similar overall diameter as your vehicle s road tires and wheels so it is all right to drive on it Because this spare was developed for use on your vehicle it will not affect vehicle handling A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehi
73. message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 54 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice f you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 44 Filling a Portable Fuel Container Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the gasoline vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense gasoline only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or A CAUTION on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the Things that burn can get on hot engine parts inside of the fill opening before operating and start a fire These include liquids like fuel the nozzle Contact should be maintained oil cool
74. not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the cross hatched area at the tip of the dipstick you will need to add at least one quart liter of oil But you must use the right kind This section 5 12 explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 116 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross hatched area that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 10 for the location of the engine oil fill cap 7 AAAA SAE 5W 30 ae Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER sio LOOK FOR i THIS SYMBOL 80 AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for two things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M You should look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 As shown
75. off the passenger s frontal airbag A child ina rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is turned on Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is failsafe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 82 for more on this including important safety information If after several seconds all status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the l
76. on the rear axle will be greater than just the weight itself as much as 1 5 times as much The weight at the rear axle could be 850 Ibs 386 kg X 1 5 1 275 lbs 578 kg Since the rear axle already weighs 2 700 Ibs 1 225 kg adding 1 275 lbs 578 kg brings the total to 3 975 lbs 1 803 kg This is very close to but within the limit for RGAWR as well The vehicle is set to trailer up to 8 500 Ibs 3 856 kg But let s say your specific vehicle is equipped with some of the latest options and you have a front seat passenger and two rear seat passengers with some luggage and gear in the vehicle as well You may add 300 Ibs 136 kg to the front axle weight and 400 Ibs 181 kg to the rear axle weight Your vehicle now weighs 2 800 Ibs 1270kg 2 700 Ibs 1225 kg 300 Ibs 136 kg Front 400 Ibs 181 kg Rear 6 200 Ibs 2812 kg Total 4 58 Weight is still below 7 200 lbs 3 266 kg and you may think that you should subtract 700 additional pounds 318 kg from your trailering capacity to stay within GCWR limits Your maximum trailer would only be 7 800 Ibs 3 538 kg You may go further and think you must limit tongue weight to less than 1 000 Ibs 454 kg to avoid exceeding GVWR But you must still consider the effect on the rear axle Because your rear axle now weighs 3 100 lbs 1 406 kg you can only put 900 Ibs 408 kg on the rear axle without exceeding RGAWR The effect of tongue weight is about 1 5 times
77. on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth 5 97 Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the integrated radio antenna and the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your GM dealer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your GM dealer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery 5 98 Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques e Never use a knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces e Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Use only mi
78. on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 101 5 35 Brake Wear Your vehicle has four wheel disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon your brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair 5 36 Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with your brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to GM torque specifications Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign of brake trouble Brake Adjustment Every time you make a brake stop your disc brakes adjust for wear Replacing B
79. onto the roof of your vehicle can interfere with the performance of the XM system Make sure the XM Satellite Radio antenna is not obstructed Chime Level Adjustment The radio is used to adjust the vehicle s chime level To change the volume level of the chime press and hold pushbutton 6 with the ignition on and the radio power off The volume level will change from the normal level to loud and LOUD will appear on the radio display To change back to the default or normal setting press and hold pushbutton 6 again The volume level will change from the loud level to normal and NORMAL will appear on the radio display Each time the chime volume is changed three chimes will sound as an example of the new volume selected Removing the radio and not replacing it with a factory radio or chime module will disable vehicle chimes Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 4 2 Defensive Driving ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Drunken Driving isinsin reine senna aaben innia 4 3 Control of a Vehicle cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eees 4 5 Braking senvenena E E ETEN 4 6 Anti Lock Brake System ABS o ae 4 7 Braking in Emergencies asenenenseeernrererernnnnns 4 8 Road Sensing Suspension s seseeeeseeeeereeeee 4 9 StabiliTrak System cccccccccceeeessseeeeeeeeeenes 4 9 All Wheel Drive AWD System n 4 12 Steering ee 4 12 Off Road ReCOVErY msn setanir ennie tenes 4 14
80. or worn out the pads can be replaced separately from the headphone set It is not necessary to replace the complete headphone set The headphone replacement foam ear pads can be ordered in pairs See your dealer for more information Battery Replacement To change the batteries do the following 1 Loosen the screw on the battery compartment door located on the left side of the headphone earpiece 2 Replace the two AAA batteries in the compartment Make sure that they are installed correctly using the diagram on the inside of the battery compartment 3 Tighten the screw to close the compartment door If the headphones are to be stored for a long period of time remove the batteries and keep them in a cool dry place Stereo RCA Jacks The RCA jacks are located behind the video screen The RCA jacks allow audio and video signals to be connected from an auxiliary device such as a camcorder or a video game unit to the RSE system Standard RCA cables not included are needed to connect the auxiliary device to the RCA jacks The yellow connector inputs video and the red and white connectors input right and left audio Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for proper connection of the auxiliary device 3 87 To use the auxiliary inputs on the RSE system connect an external auxiliary device to the color coded RCA jacks and turn both the auxiliary device and the RSE system power on If the RSE system had been previou
81. or others could be hurt You will also find a circle with a slash through it in this book This safety symbol means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings Also in this manual you will find these notices Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly But the notice will tell what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle They use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator If you need help figuring out a specific name of a component gage or indicator reference the following topics e Seats and Restraint Systems in Section 1 e Features and Controls in Section 2 e Instrument Panel Overview in Section 3 e Climate Controls in Section 3 e Warning Lights Gages and Indicators in Section 3 e Audio System s in Section 3 e Engine Compartment Overview in Section 5 These are some examples of symbols that may be f
82. over A CAUTION Driving across an incline that is too steep will walk the course so you know what the surface is like before you drive it make your vehicle roll over You could be seriously injured or killed If you have any doubt about the steepness of the incline do not drive across it Find another route instead 4 27 Stalling on an Incline If your vehicle stalls when you are crossing an incline be sure you and any passengers get out on the uphill side even if the door there is harder to open If you get out on the downhill side and the vehicle starts to roll over you will be right in its path If you have to walk down the slope stay out of the path the vehicle will take if it does roll over 4 28 A CAUTION Getting out on the downhill low side of a vehicle stopped across an incline is dangerous If the vehicle rolls over you could be crushed or killed Always get out on the uphill high side of the vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path Driving in Mud Sand Snow or Ice When you drive in mud snow or sand the wheels will not get good traction You cannot accelerate as quickly turning is more difficult and you will need longer braking distances It is best to use a low gear when you are in mud the deeper the mud the lower the gear In really deep mud the idea is to keep your vehicle moving so you do not get stuck When you drive on sand you w
83. page 3 40 Along with ABS your vehicle has a Dynamic Rear Proportioning DRP system If there is a DRP problem both the brake and ABS warning lights will come on accompanied by a 10 second chime The lights and chime will come on each time the ignition is turned on until the problem is repaired See your dealer for service Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at both rear wheels The anti lock system can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake your computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember Anti lock does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have anti lock brakes Using Anti Lock Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brak
84. parking brake If the ignition is on when the parking brake is released the brake system warning light will go off Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Verify that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving If you are towing a trailer and are parking on any hill see Towing a Trailer on page 4 53 2 23 Shifting Into Park P A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 53 1 Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and set the parking brake with your left foot 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P by pulling the shift lever toward you and moving it up as far as it will go 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P 2 24 Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could
85. protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described in Rear Outside Passenger Positions on page 1 47 Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guides squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guides Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer will order you an extender It is free When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it just attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender 1 47 Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts If you have the choice a child should sit in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide 1 48 Q What is the proper wa
86. recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or General Motors To
87. reverse operation by using TUNE and SEEK 4 FWD Forward Press this pushbutton to quickly advance the tape The radio will play while the tape advances Press this pushbutton again to return to playing speed The station frequency and FWD will appear on the display Select stations during forward operation by using TUNE and SEEK 5 Q SIDE Press this pushbutton to play the other side of the tape KI SEEK I The right arrow is the same as the NEXT pushbutton and the left arrow is the same as the PREV pushbutton If either arrow is held or pressed more than once the player will continue moving forward or backward through the tape SEEK and a positive or negative number will appear on the display Ki SCAN D Press and hold either the SCAN or the TYPE arrows for more than two seconds until SCAN appears on the display and you hear a beep The radio will go to the next selection play for 10 seconds then go on to the next selection Press either the SCAN or the TYPE arrows again to stop scanning The tape must have at least three seconds of silence between each selection for scan to work BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a cassette tape or CD is playing The inactive tape or CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening TAPE DISC Press this button to play a cassette tape or CD when listening to the radio The inactive tape or CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening A
88. rinse it with water Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades and affect their performance Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent Then rinse the blade with water Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary replace blades that look worn 5 102 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels The vehicle may be equipped with either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice f you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only GM approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoi
89. secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH Your vehicle has the LATCH system The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint equipped with LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Your vehicle has lower anchors and top tether anchors Your child restraint may have lower attachments and a top tether Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attac
90. song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving For more information see Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Get familiar with your vehicle s audio system so you can use it with less effort and take full advantage of its features 3 69 Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving While your vehicle is parked e Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation e Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if equipped Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehic
91. stall when going up a hill If the hill is steep enough to stall your vehicle it is steep enough to cause you to roll over if you turn around If you cannot make it up the hill you must back straight down the hill Q Suppose after stalling try to back down the hill and decide I just cannot do it What should do A Set the parking brake put the transmission in PARK P and turn off the engine Leave the vehicle and go get some help Exit on the uphill side and stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it rolled downhill Driving Downhill When off roading takes you downhill you will want to consider a number of things e How steep is the downhill Will be able to maintain vehicle control e What s the surface like Smooth Rough Slippery Hard packed dirt Gravel e Are there hidden surface obstacles Ruts Logs Boulders e What is at the bottom of the hill Is there a hidden creek bank or even a river bottom with large rocks If you decide you can go down a hill safely then try to keep your vehicle headed straight down and use a low gear This way engine drag can help the brakes and they will not have to do all the work Descend slowly keeping your vehicle under control at all times A CAUTION Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause your brakes to overheat and fade This could cause loss of control and a serious accident Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill and use a low gear t
92. still no sign of steam and your vehicle is equipped with an electric engine cooling fan idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked 5 26 If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down Also see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode later in this section You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode If an overheated engine condition exists and the REDUCED ENGINE POWER message is displayed an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders helps prevent engine damage In this mode you will notice a loss in power and engine performance This operating mode allows your vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency Driving extended miles km and or towing a trailer in the overheat protection mode should be avoided Notice After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oil will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss change the oil and reset the oil life system See Engine Oil on page 5 11 Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what A CAUTION you will see An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands cloth
93. system The gage may transition from a higher to lower or a lower to higher reading this is normal Readings between the low and high warning zones indicate the normal operating range Readings in the low warning zone may occur when a large number of electrical accessories are operating in the vehicle and the engine is left at an idle for an extended period This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle As engine speeds are increased this condition should correct itself as higher engine speeds allow the charging system to create maximum power You can only drive for a short time with the reading in either warning zone If you must drive turn off all unnecessary accessories Readings in either warning zone indicate a possible problem in the electrical system Have the vehicle serviced as soon as possible Brake System Warning Light With the ignition on the brake system warning light will flash when you set the parking brake The light will flash if the parking brake doesn t release fully If you try to drive with the parking brake engaged a chime will sound when the vehicle speed is greater than 3 mph 5 km h Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part isn t working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on and a chime sounds there could b
94. the actual weight Dividing the 900 Ibs 408 kg by 1 5 leaves you with being able to handle only 600 Ibs 272 kg of tongue weight Since tongue weight is usually at least 10 percent of total loaded trailer weight you can expect that the largest trailer your vehicle can properly handle is 6 000 Ibs 2 721 kg It is important that you make sure your vehicle does not exceed any of its ratings GCWR GVWR RGAWR Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight The only way to be sure you are not exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh your vehicle and trailer Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires You ll find these numbers on the Certification label at the rear edge of the driver s door or see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 Then be sure you don t go over the GVW limit for your vehicle or the GAWR including the weight of the trailer tongue If you use a weight distributing hitch make sure you don t go over the rear axle limit before you apply the weight distribution spring bars Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you ll need the right hitch Weight Distributing Hitches and Weight Carrying Hitches A Body to Ground Distance B Front of Vehicle When using a weight distributing hitch the hitch must be adjusted so that the distance A remain
95. the seatback 4 Lower the seat cushion until it latches into position Pull up on the seat cushion to make sure it is locked A CAUTION A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted 5 Make sure that the safety belt buckles on the driver s side seat are accessible to the outboard and center occupants and are not under the seat cushions 50 50 Split Bench Seat Third Row Unfolding the Seatback s If your vehicle has a 50 50 split bench seat the To return the seatback to the upright position do the seatback s can be folded and the entire seat s can be following tilted or removed from the vehicle 1 Pull up on the release lever labeled 1 located Folding the Seatback s on he rear ofie To fold the seatback do the following seatback Then pull up on either the seatback Pull up on the release or the assist strap lever labeled 1 located on located on the outboard the rear of the seatback side of the seat until and push the seatback the seatback locks into forward the upright position N ZL A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting the
96. the turn signal housing and turn it clockwise until it locks There is no lock for the sidemarker lamp Reverse the steps to reinstall Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker To replace one of these bulbs do the following Stoplamps and Back up Lamps A Turn Signal Taillamp B Stoplamp Taillamp C Back up Lamp D Sidemarker Lamp 1 Remove the two screws from the taillamp assembly 2 Remove the taillamp assembly 3 Press the release tab and turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp assembly The sidemarker lamp does not have a release tab 4 Pull the bulb straight out from the socket 5 Install a new bulb into the socket and insert it into the taillamp assembly 6 Turn the bulb socket clockwise until it clicks The sidemarker lamp does not have a release tab and therefore will not click when it is installed 7 Reinstall the taillamp assembly and tighten the screws 5 55 Replacement Bulbs Exterior Lamp Bulb Number Back up Lamp Rear Turn Signal 3157K Stoplamp and Taillamp Daytime Running Lamp DRL 4114K Front Turn Signal Lamps 3157AK High Beam Headlamp 9005 or 9005 LL Sidemarker Lamp For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear and cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information Replacement blades come in different types and are remov
97. trips should turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 4 Poor fuel quality will cause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed You may notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer can check the vehicle Your dealer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that may have developed 3 45 Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or may begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic
98. under Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 5 Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR If the driver s side rear door is not fully closed and the vehicle is in a drive gear this message will appear on the display and you will hear a chime Stop and turn off the vehicle check the door for obstacles and close the door again Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display OIL LIFE RESET This message will appear on the display for about 10 seconds after resetting the change engine oil message See Engine Oil Life System under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 50 and Engine Oil on page 5 17 for more information 3 57 OIL PRESSURE LOW Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine oil pressure is low severe engine damage may occur If a low oil pressure warning appears on the Driver Information Center DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not drive the vehicle until the cause of the low oil pressure is corrected See Engine Oil on page 5 11 for more information If low oil pressure levels occur this message will be displayed on the DIC and a chime will sound Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and do not operate it until the cause
99. vehicle height for up to 10 minutes after the ignition key has been turned to LOCK You may hear the air compressor operating when the height is being adjusted If a weight distributing hitch is being used it is recommended to allow the shocks to inflate thereby leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting the height See Weight distributing Hitches and Weight Carrying Hitches under Towing a Trailer on page 4 53 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Service on page 7 5 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following 4 52 Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing All Wheel Drive Vehicles Notice Towing an all wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or even with only two of its wheels on the ground will damage drivetrain components Do not tow an all wheel drive vehicle if any of its wheels will be
100. vehicle in a dark garage the automatic headlamp system will come on immediately Once you leave the garage it will take approximately one minute for the automatic headlamp system to change to DRL if it is light outside During that delay your instrument panel cluster may not be as bright as usual Make sure your instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position See nstrument Panel Brightness on page 3 18 3 17 Fog Lamps If your vehicle has fog lamps you can use them for better vision in foggy or misty conditions Your parking lamps and or low beam headlamps must be on for your fog lamps to work The fog lamp button is located on the left side of your instrument panel Press the button to turn the fog lamps on while the headlamps or parking lamps are on Press the button again to turn them off An indicator light will glow near the button when the fog lamps are on Remember fog lamps alone will not give off as much light as your headlamps Never use your fog lamps in the dark without turning on the headlamps The fog lamps will go off whenever your high beam headlamps come on When the high beams go off the fog lamps will come on again The fog lamps will be cancelled after the ignition is turned off If you still want to use the fog lamps after you restart the vehicle you will need to press the fog lamp button again Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the
101. where the music is much louder than the background noise there may be little or no adjustments by AudioPilot To use AudioPilot set the radio volume at a low to moderate listening level Begin listening while the vehicle is stopped with the motor running turn the AudioPilot on by pressing the AUTO VOL button until AVOL ON appears on the display Then resume driving gradually increasing the vehicle speed You will notice that your music sounds the same regardless of background noises such as road noise tire hum or wind With the AudioPilot turned off repeat this process again without adjusting the volume or tone controls you will notice that background noise is now audible and will prevent you from hearing softer passages of the music To turn AudioPilot off press AUTO VOL until AVOL OFF appears on the display For additional information on AudioPilot please visit www bose com Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 if equipped The display will show the selection lt TUNE gt Turn this knob to select radio stations Ki SEEK D Press either the SEEK or the TYPE arrows to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there The radio will only seek stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band Ki SCAN EC Press and hold either the SCAN or the TYPE arrows for two seconds until SCAN appears on the display and you hear a beep The
102. will return by itself when you release it An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows flash more quickly than normal a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers won t see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows don t go on at all when you signal a turn check for burned out bulbs and a blown fuse See nstrument Panel Fuse Block on page 5 108 and Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 111 Turn Signal On Chime If your turn signal is left on for more than 3 4 of a mile 1 2 km a chime will sound at each flash of the turn signal and the message TURN SIGNAL ON will also appear in the DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 54 To turn the chime and message off move the turn signal lever to the off position Headlamp High Low Beam Changer ZD D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low to high beam push the lever toward the instrument panel To return to low beam headlamps pull the multifunction lever toward you Then release it When the high beams are on this indicator light on the instrument panel cluster will also be on Flash to Pass This feature lets you use your high beam headlamps to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass It works even if your headlamps are in the automatic position To use i
103. with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback 1 65 If the position you are using has an adjustable head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the head restraint If the position you are using has an adjustable head restraint and you are using a single tether raise the head restraint and route the tether under the head restraint and in between the head restraint posts 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure
104. 000 miles 80 000 km Emergency Road Service is performed on site for the following situations e Towing Service e Battery Jump Starting e Lock Out Assistance e Fuel Delivery e Flat Tire Change Covers change only e Trip Interruption If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty failure incidental expenses may be reimbursed during the 48 months 50 000 miles 80 000 km warranty period Items covered are hotel meals and rental car Roadside Service Availability Wherever you drive in the United States or Canada an advisor is available to assist you over the phone A dealer technician if available can travel to your location within a 30 mile 50 km radius of a participating Cadillac dealership If beyond this radius we will arrange to have your car towed to the nearest Cadillac dealership Reaching Roadside Service Dial the toll free Roadside Service number 1 800 882 1112 A Roadside Service Advisor will assist you and request the following information A description of the problem e Name home address home telephone number e Location of your Cadillac and number you are calling from e The model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN mileage and date of delivery Roadside Service for the Hearing or Speech Impaired Roadside Service is prepared to assist owners who have hearing difficulties or are speech impaired Cadillac has installed special telecommunication devices called Text Telephone
105. 1 000 Ibs 454 kg with a weight distributing hitch Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for your vehicle Choose the shortest hitch extension that will position the hitch ball closest to the vehicle This will help reduce the effect of trailer tongue weight on the rear axle After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer Trailering may be limited by the vehicle s ability to carry tongue weight Tongue weight cannot cause the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating or the RGAWR Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating The effect of additional weight may reduce your trailering capacity more than the total of the additional weight Consider the following example A vehicle model base weight is 5 500 lbs 2 495 kg 2 800 Ibs 1 270 kg at the front axle and 2 700 lbs 1 225 kg at the rear axle It has a GVWR of 7 200 Ibs 3 266 kg a RGAWR of 4 000 Ibs 1 814 kg anda GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating of 14 000 Ibs 6 350 kg The trailer rating should be GCWR Vehicle Weight Trailer Rating 14 000 Ibs 6350 kg 5 500 Ibs 2495 kg 8 500 Ibs 3855 kg 4 57 You can expect tongue weight to be at least 10 percent of trailer weight 850 Ibs 386 kg and because the weight is applied well behind the rear axle the effect
106. 1 66 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Seat Position If your child restraint is equipped with the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 59 For the third row if your vehicle has a bench seat there are no top tether anchors in the outboard seating positions If your vehicle has a 50 50 split bench seat in the third row there is no top tether anchor in the driver side seating position Do not secure a child restraint in these positions if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 3 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the the retractor to set the lock safety belt quickly if you ever had to 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restrai
107. 2006 Cadillac Escalade Escalade ESV Owner Manual aa Seats and Restraint Systems 1 1 Driving Your Vehicle eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 1 Front Seats vs ccidiSsvntdiniiacatnettacacaantanntonannes 1 3 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle _ 4 2 Rear Seats cichediouiicnascscacidvadenieenagianeiaanss 1 8 TOWING ieena a E 4 52 Safety Bells sscewsusasaa penea n 1 28 Service and Appearance Cafe iiss cnticinccaveseenes 5 1 Child Restraints saceceneseneetvenieecetctemcsapetners 1 48 Semice drenere eo e S 5 3 Airbag System vecisvessitacsegcsnorsedesnteanemalcens 1 74 USN x csce cated bee one ast act a ere ieee a 5 4 Restraint System Check ou eeeeeeeeeeee eee 1 87 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 8 Features and Controls 0 cccccececeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 1 All Wheel Drive oo cece cece eccee cece eeeeeee eases 5 43 Keys orriren a aaa AE EEE 2 3 R a Axle crocea s i 5 44 Doors and Locks sescseveitiedescesiierdineedesicwotsies 2 8 FRONT AKG erriren een hea e aE PEAN 5 45 WINGOWS ssecepeese iea nra EEES 2 12 Headlamp AiMing oo cece ee cece eeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeees 5 46 Theft Deterrent Systems ee cee cece eee eee eee ees 2 14 Bulb Replacement cccseeececeeeeeeseeeees 5 49 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 16 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 56 MITOS Seeden ae e ER 2 28 TiS sisedvevsicnemwntsaesseoxteiSienedaaawetl otebsecuecd 5 57 On
108. 27 C If the transmission continues to operate above 265 F 130 C please contact your nearest dealer or the Roadside Assistance Center See Roadside Service on page 7 5 for more information Notice lf you drive your vehicle with the transmission temperature gage above normal operating range you can damage the transmission This could lead to costly repairs that would not be covered by your warranty Do not drive your vehicle while the transmission temperature gage reading is above normal See your dealer for service The following situations can cause the transmission to operate at higher temperatures e Towing a trailer e hot outside air temperatures e hauling a large or heavy load e low transmission fluid level e high transmission fluid level e restricted air flow to the radiator 3 43 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light Your vehicle is equipped with a computer which monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems This system is called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation and is intended to assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service is required Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed
109. B the jack handle C the jack handle extensions D and the wheel wrench E 7 Put the spare tire near the flat tire 1 Remove the center cap by placing the chisel end of 2 Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel and Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen gently pry the cap out the wheel nuts Do not remove the wheel nuts yet 5 84 A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the 3 Position the jack under the vehicle as shown in jack lift head into the proper location before this step raising the vehicle Jack Positions Overall View A Front Position B Rear Position 5 85 Front Position Front Tire Flat If the flat tire is on a front tire of the vehicle you will need to use the jack handle C and only one jack handle extension D Attach the wheel wrench to the jack handle extension Attach the jack handle to the jack Position the jack on the frame behind the flat tire where the frame sections overlap Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise
110. Brake Pedal Throttle cccccceeeeeeeeeee sees 2 19 2 Brakes desc hecschceretecsg deacon n o aai 5 34 Braking sipain E EE 4 6 Braking in Emergencies eeeeeaeeeeeee ee eee ee 4 8 Break In New Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 Bucket Seats Rear ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 24 Bulb Replacement eceeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 49 Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Daytime Running Lamps siess vitae eee Reise ties 5 54 Halogen Bulbs siiscisccecccese oceteensrrancaaraceaianae ta 5 50 Headlamp AiMing eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeee teeters 5 46 Headlamps iscevccaiitecteosciters naaa ASE 5 50 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 5 49 Replacement Bulbs piceri 5 56 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back Up Lamps 5 55 Buying New TireS ccceeeeeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 72 California Fuel iss tccsiceceseenscckdstaemeies cash ai 5 5 California Proposition 65 Warning eeeee 5 3 Canadian Qwne rs si i c csszcssesncaacsebetaiseesaceadaseaseans vee ii Capacities and Specifications ceeeee 5 116 Carbon Monoxide 0665 2 11 2 26 4 40 4 53 Care of Safety Belts sieniniai arine 5 100 Your Cassette Tape Player cccccccceeeeeen 3 104 Your CD and DVD Player o ae 3 105 Your CDs and DVDS cc ceeeeeeeee eee nee een eeee 3 105 Cargo COVER erias oinak tenen n E ris 2 45 CD Gha
111. D player and an auxiliary source HM Stop Press this button to stop playing rewinding or fast forwarding a DVD or CD Press this button twice to return to the beginning of the DVD 3 90 gt Play Pause Press this button to start play of a DVD or CD Press this button while a DVD or CD is playing to pause it Press this button again to continue the play of the DVD or CD Main DVD Menu Press this button to access the DVD menu The DVD menu is different on every DVD Use the up down left and right arrow buttons to move the cursor around the DVD menu After making a selection press the enter button This button only operates when playing a DVD C Set up Menu Press this button to adjust the color tint brightness contrast display mode and dynamic range compression The dynamic range compression feature can be used to reduce loud audio and increase low audio produced by some DVDs If your vehicle has the third row video screen press the set up menu button twice to access the set up menu To change a feature back to the factory default setting press this button to display the feature then press and hold this button The default setting will appear on the display While playing an Audio or DVD disc press and hold this button to display and to remove the track and time information A W lt gt Menu Navigation Arrows Use the arrow buttons to navigate through a menu lt Enter Press this but
112. DIC display BUCKLE SEATBELT If your vehicle has the passenger sensing system this message reminds you to buckle the driver s seat belt See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 82 This message will display and a chime will sound when the ignition is on the drivers seat belt is unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion You should buckle your seat belt If the driver remains unbuckled when the ignition is on and the vehicle is in motion the reminder will be repeated If the driver s seat belt is already buckled this message and chime will not come on This message is an additional reminder to the Safety Belt Reminder Light in the instrument panel cluster See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 3 34 Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display CHANGE ENGINE OIL This message is displayed when the engine oil needs to be changed and service is required for your vehicle See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 and Engine Oil on page 5 11 for more information Also see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 14 for information on how to reset the message This message will clear itself after 10 seconds until the next ignition cycle CHARGING SYSTEM FAILURE On some vehicles if there is a problem with the generator and battery charging system this message will appear on the DIC a chime will sound and the charging system light on the instrument pa
113. DVD player No Disc This message will be displayed if any of the buttons on the DVD faceplate or remote control are pressed and no disc is present in the DVD player DVD Distortion There may be an experience with audio distortion in the wireless headphones when operating cellular phones scanners CB radios Global Positioning Systems GPS two way radios mobile fax or walkie talkies It may be necessary to turn off the DVD player when operating one of these devices in or near the vehicle Excludes the OnStar System Cleaning the Video Screen Pour some isopropyl or rubbing alcohol on a clean cloth and gently wipe the video screen Do not spray directly onto the screen and do not press too hard or too long on the video screen Rear Seat Audio RSA This feature allows rear seat passengers to listen to any of the sources radio cassette tapes CDs or DVDs However the rear seat passengers can only control the sources that the front seat passengers are not listening to For example rear seat passengers may listen to and control cassette tapes CDs or DVDs through the headphones while the driver listens to the radio through the front speakers The rear seat passengers have control of the volume for each set of headphones The front seat audio controls always have priority over the RSA controls If the front seat passengers switch the source for the main radio to a remote source the RSA will not be able to control
114. Driver Position Safety Belts scrion aii ar 1 34 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeee 3 50 DIC Operation and Displays eeeeeeees 3 50 DIC Vehicle Customization ceeeeeeeees 3 63 DIC Warnings and Messages 6eeeeeees 3 54 Driving ANION ionene oaao a aE ENE 4 30 iE E E E E E E 4 34 DefenSVe enoro a e o E SE 4 2 Diunke nsee aae e E E EE 4 3 FrOQWAY coctus na Ea 4 35 Hill and Mountain Roads 4 38 In Rain and on Wet Roads lecce 4 32 OlFROad eiren E EEEa ENSERES 4 17 Rec very HOOKS ianiai a 4 45 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 44 WILE ae se ded eee aecetentte e E E ats 4 40 Dual Automatic Climate Control System 3 24 DVD Rear Seat Entertainment System 05 3 86 Electrical System Add On Equipment sceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 106 Center Instrument Panel Fuse Block 5 110 Fuses and Circuit Breakers eeeee ee 5 107 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 006 5 108 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 107 Underhood Fuse Block eeeeeeeeee eee 5 111 Windshield Wiper Fuses eeeeeeeeeee 5 107 Engine Air Cleaner Filter a n 5 16 Battery icicicetiidvtiesnct aitonen anna a 5 37 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 3 44 COOIGM merses snc E E A cs 5 21 Coolant Heater ocine Gtevietieeien dant 2 19 Coolant Temperature Gage o n 3 42 Drive Be
115. Ds you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris 3 102 If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your GM dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your GM dealer when reporting the problem Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio The feature works automatically by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN If the radio is moved to a different vehicle it will not operate and LOCKED will appear on the display When the radio and vehicle are turned off the blinking red light indicates that THEFTLOCK is armed With THEFTLOCK activated the radio will not operate if stolen Audio Steering Wheel Controls Some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel They include the following Qa OnStar Mute If your vehicle has OnStar press this button to interact with the OnStar system See the OnStar System on page 2 36 in this manual for more information If your vehicle does not have OnStar press this button to silence the system Press it again or any other radio button to turn on the sound PROG Program
116. E Not Used Supplemental Inflatable AIRBAG Restraint System Front Parking Lamps ene Sidemarker Lamps Daytime Running Laps trea SEO IGN Rear Defog Relay 5 114 Fuses TBC IGN1 HI HDLP LT Truck Body Controller Ignition Drivers Side High Beam Headlamp LH HID Not Used Daytime Running Lamps Regulated Voltage Control IPC DIC HVAC ECAS CIG LTR HI HDLP RT HDLP LOW A C COMP A C COMP TCMB RR WPR RADIO SEO B1 LO HDLP LT Instrument Panel Cluster Driver Information Center Climate Control Controller Cigarette Lighter Passenger s Side High Beam Headlamp Headlamp Low Beam Relay Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Air Conditioning Compressor Transmission Control Module Rear Wiper Washer Audio System Mid Bussed Electrical Center Universal Home Remote System Rear Heated Seats Driver s Side Headlamp Low Beam BTSI CRNK LO HDLP RT FOG LP FOG LP HORN W S WASH W S WASH NFO RADIO AMP RH HID HORN EA TREC SBA Brake Transmission Shift Interlock System Starting System Passenger s Side Headlamp Low Beam Not Used Not Used Horn Relay Washer Pump Relay Washer Pump All Wheel Drive Module Not Used Auxiliary Electric Cooling Fan Fuse Block mm COOLFAN o 6 COOLER l a CHE ICOOL FAN 3 COOL FAN 2 cs a COOL FAN LJ The auxiliary electric cooling fan fuse block is located in the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehic
117. Eject Press this button to stop and eject a tape when it is playing or to eject a tape when it is not playing Eject may be activated with the radio off 3 81 Cassette Tape Messages CHK TAPE Check Tape If this message appears on the display the tape will not play due to one of the following errors e The tape is tight and the player cannot turn the tape hubs Remove the tape Hold the tape with the open end down and try to turn the right hub counterclockwise with a pencil Turn the tape over and repeat If the hubs do not turn easily the tape may be damaged and should not be used in the player Try a new tape to make sure your player is working properly e The tape is broken Try a new tape e The tape is wrapped around the tape head Attempt to get the cassette out Try a new tape CLEAN If this message appears on the display the cassette tape player needs to be cleaned It will still play tapes but it should be cleaned as soon as possible to prevent damage to the tapes and player See Care of the Cassette Tape Player on page 3 104 If the cassette tape is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good cassette 3 82 If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your GM dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your GM dealer when reporting the problem CD Adapter Kits It is possible to use a portable CD player with the casset
118. Fluid in this section Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to check your brake fluid See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Checking Brake Fluid You can check the brake fluid without taking off the cap Look at the brake fluid reservoir The fluid level should be above MIN If it is not have your brake way system checked to ti see if there is a leak TA After work is done on the brake hydraulic system make sure the level is above the MIN but not over the MAX mark What to Add When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This will help keep dirt from entering the reservoir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in your brake system your brakes may not work well or they may not even work at all This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid Notice e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid
119. Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire tha
120. If the Light is Flashing The following may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reducing vehicle speed e Avoiding hard accelerations e Avoiding steep uphill grades e If you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park your vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer for service as soon as possible If the Light Is On Steady You may be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 5 6 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your electrical system may be wet The condition will usually be corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving
121. In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal Remember Any traction control system helps avoid only the acceleration skid If your traction control system is off then an acceleration skid is also best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including engine braking by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored su
122. Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on around the vehicle page 5 70 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 23 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 3 Try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 23 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service Ignition Transmission Lock Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK in each shift l
123. Load the CD when the loading slot indicators turn green An internal door will open allowing a single CD to be inserted into the changer After approximately 10 seconds the changer will be ready to play To load two or more CDs perform the following steps f Press and hold the LOAD button The first CD will be loaded into the lowest numbered empty position Load a single CD when the loading slot indicators turn green After about 10 seconds the changer will cycle to the next available position Repeat Step 2 until all CDs are loaded into all of the desired positions If you do not wish to load all of the positions cancel loading by pressing and releasing the load button or wait 25 seconds for the changer to time out 3 100 To eject a single CD perform the following steps Press the eject button upward pointing arrow The buttons with loaded CDs will blink green Press one of the green blinking buttons to select the location of the CD you want to eject The changer will move to that location and eject the CD If you do not remove the CD from the player within 25 seconds it will be reloaded If the eject button is pressed and a numbered location button is not pressed within five seconds the current or last played CD will be ejected To eject all CDs press and hold the eject button To play a CD perform one of the following e With the radio on press the numbered button with an amber indicator light
124. Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL located above the rear glass If items are loaded on the roof of the vehicle care should be taken not to block or damage the CHMSL unit Rear Seat Armrest Your vehicle s second row seat may have an armrest storage compartment Pull the loop at the top of the armrest out to lower the armrest To open the compartment if equipped push the button on the front of the armrest and pull the top open Convenience Net The convenience net if equipped in the rear of your vehicle helps to keep small loads in place during sharp turns or quick stops and starts The net is not designed for larger heavier items To install the net attach the hooks to the raised cargo tie downs Then attach the cord loops to the button retainers in the side trim You can unhook the net so that it will lie flat when you re not using it Cargo Cover To remove the cover from the vehicle do the following 1 Let the cover go all the way into the holder 2 Then grasping the passenger s side cover endcap A CAUTION push the cover endcap toward the driver s side of the vehicle The endcap should lock in the An improperly stored cargo cover could be compressed positon aos i thrown about the vehicle during a collision or 3 Lift the cover up on the passenger s side swing the sudden maneuver You or others could be cover rearward and take it out of the vehicle injured If you remove the cover always store To put the
125. Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 25 000 miles 41 500 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle 5 22 What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your dealer check your cooling sy
126. O Push and release the AUDIO knob until BASS or TREB appears on the display Turn the knob to increase or to decrease The display will show the bass or treble level If a station is weak or noisy decrease the treble To adjust the bass or treble to the middle position while it is displayed push and hold the AUDIO knob The radio will produce one beep and adjust the display level to the middle position To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position push and hold the AUDIO knob when no tone or speaker control is displayed ALL CENTERED will appear on the display you will hear a beep and the display level will be adjusted to the middle position 3 74 AUTO EQ Automatic Equalization Press this button to enhance the audio performance for different passengers in the vehicle The setting last chosen will appear on the display when you first press AUTO EQ Each time you press this button another setting will appear on the display and AUTO EQ will switch to one of the preset settings listed The audio system allows you to choose from four different equalization settings normal driver rear and spacious These settings can be used while listening to the radio cassette or the CD player NORMAL This setting provides the best overall vehicle sound quality for all seating locations DRIVER This setting gives the driver the best sound quality REAR This setting gives the rear seat passengers the best sound qu
127. ON You really should not park your vehicle with a trailer attached on a hill If something goes wrong your rig could start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill here s how to do it 1 Apply your regular brakes but don t shift into PARK P yet 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply your parking brake and shift into PARK P 5 Release the regular brakes When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you e start your engine e shift into a gear and e release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you re pulling a trailer See the Maintenance Schedule for more on this Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid don t overfill engine oil axle lubricant belts cooling system and brake system Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review these sectio
128. P Shifting Out of Park P Your vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system You have to fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition is in RUN See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 20 If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way up into PARK P as you maintain brake application Then move the shift lever into the gear you want If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still cannot shift out of PARK P try this 1 Turn the key to ACCESSORY There is no shift interlock in this key position 2 Apply and hold the brake until the end of Step 4 3 Shift the vehicle to NEUTRAL N 4 Start the vehicle and then shift to the drive gear you want 5 Have the system fixed as soon as possible 2 25 Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death You might have exhaust coming in if e Your exhaust system sounds strange or different Your vehicle gets rusty underneath Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris Repairs were not done correctly Your vehicle or exhaust system had been A CAUTION modified improperly If you ever suspect exhaus
129. PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park P on page 2 24 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 53 2 27 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar and Compass Your vehicle may have an automatic dimming rearview mirror with a compass and the OnStar system There are three additional buttons for the OnStar system See your dealer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 36 for more information about the services OnStar provides Mirror Operation When turned on this mirror automatically dims to the proper level to minimize glare from any headlamps behind you after dark bd On Off This is the on off button for the automatic dimming feature and compass Press the far left button located below the mirror face for up to three seconds to turn the feature on and off A light on the mirror will be lit while the feature is turned on 2 28 Compass Operation Press the on off button once to turn the compass on or off There is a compass display in the window in the upper right corner of the mirror face The compass displays a maximum of two characters For example NE is displayed for north east Compass Calibration Press and hold the on off button down for nine seconds to activate the compass calibration mode CAL will be displayed in the compass win
130. Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your GM Goodwrench dealer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 4 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your GM Goodwrench dealer do these jobs When you go to your GM Goodwrench dealer for your service needs you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 14 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 9 tells you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 and Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 15 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine GM parts Scheduled Maintenance When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL message comes on it
131. Press this button to play a station you have programmed on the radio preset pushbuttons The radio will only seek preset stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band When a CD is playing in the CD changer press this button to go to the next available CD if multiple CDs are loaded A SOURCE V Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 if equipped or a CD If a CD is loaded the CD symbol will appear on the display A SEEK V Press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or to the previous radio station and stay there The radio will only seek stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band When a CD is playing press the up or the down arrow to fast forward or reverse A voL Y Volume Press the up or the down arrow to increase or to decrease the volume Radio Reception You may experience frequency interference and static during normal radio reception if items such as cellphone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet 3 103 AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations will boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels
132. R PARK oe Qo oxrwe O PCM 1 lI ErorEcM eo Oo Il iG NE HYBRID o SESE 2 4 RR DEFOG er Bo Prime flez O ee SEO IGN TBC IGN1 AIRBAG DAL I RVC Il IPCDIC vaciecas CIG LTR TCMB ll RR WPR l RADIO SEO B1 AIG COMP BTSI tae _cank Lonoup rr fee foo Foe Le fE 30 nro Fanio Ame FOG LP HORN fer RHHID 87 e5 HORN EE es K NOTE The function and amperage of these fuses are different depending on vehicle content See Owner s Manual for functions of studs 1 and 2 REMARQUE La fonction et l intensit de ces fusibles diff rent sulvant l quipement du v hicule Voir le Guide du propri taire pour les fonctions des plots 1 et 2 FUNCTION AMP FONCTION INTENSIT 3 INJ 2 INJ 1 02A 02B IGN 1 PCMB GAS ESSENCE DIESEL ECM ACTUATOR FUEL HTR ECM 1 ECM ECMB O00000 EXCEPT H2 SAUF H2 RR HVAC S ROOF H2 s ROOF 1 Gasoline Engine and Fuel Injection Rail 2 2 Gasoline Engine and Fuel Injection Rail 1 3 Gasoline Engine Oxygen Sensors 4 Gasoline Engine Oxygen Sensors 5 Ignition 1 6 Powertrain Control Module Fuel Pump 7 Rear Climate Control 8 Sunroof
133. RE left rear tire on the driver s side of the vehicle 5 68 You will have one minute to match the first tire wheel position and five minutes overall to match all four tire wheel positions If it takes longer than one minute to match the first tire and wheel or more than five minutes to match all four tire and wheel positions the matching process stops and you will need to start over The TPMS sensor matching process is outlined below 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition switch to RUN with the engine off 3 Turn the headlamp switch from off to the parking lamps setting four times within three seconds A double horn chirp will sound and the TPMS low tire warning light will begin to flash The double horn chirp and flashing TPMS warning light indicate that the TPMS matching process has started The TPMS warning light should continue flashing throughout the matching procedure The SERVICE TIRE MONITOR message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC 4 Start with the driver s side front tire 5 Remove the valve cap from the valve cap stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for 10 seconds then stop and listen for a single horn chirp The single horn chirp should sound within 15 seconds confirming that the sensor identification code has been matched to this tire and wheel position If you do not hear the confirming single horn chirp you will need to s
134. Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has a right front passenger s airbag A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 58 In addition your vehicle may have the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag when an infant in a rear facing infant seat or a small child in a forward facing child restraint or booster seat is detected See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 82 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 36 for more information on this including important safety information 1 70 A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear sea
135. S ITT Light Truck LT Metric Tire DE A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association A Light Truck LT Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letters LT as the first two characters in the tire size means a light truck tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 75 as shown in item C of the light truck LT Metric tire illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 75 as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description The service description indicates the load range and speed rating of a tire The load index can range from 1 to 279 Speed ratings range from A to Z 5 61 Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pr
136. Star System oo eee eeeee cece eeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 2 36 Appearance Care oo cece ccc ec ccc ecc cence eeeen eens 5 97 Universal Home Remote System _ 2 38 Vehicle Identification oe ee eee 5 105 Storage Areas eee eee cec ccc ecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 42 Electrical System oo ecc ccc eec eee eeeeeeeeeees 5 106 S NIOON a EEE E SES 2 46 Capacities and Specifications ww 5 116 Vehicle Personalization oo eee eee eee 2 47 Maintenance Schedule 0000ceeseeeeeeeeeees 6 1 Instrument Panel 2 00ccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 3 1 Maintenance Schedule oo eee eeeeeeeeeeeee sees 6 2 Instrument Panel Overview ooo eee eeeeeeeeeeee es 3 4 Customer Assistance and Information 7 1 Climate Controls aannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnrnnnne 3 24 Customer Assistance and Information 72 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators _ 3 32 Reporting Safety Defects oo 7 13 Driver Information Center DIC sssseeeeeee BOO irae E E ohare cea ce eguences Audio System S cecceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 69 GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem CADILLAC the CADILLAC Crest amp Wreath and the names ESCALADE and ESV are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after that time without notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name Genera
137. TION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat airbag system If this ever happens have the or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper CAUTION Continued operation of the passenger sensing system 1 85 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are airbag system parts in several places around your vehicle You do not want the system to inflate while someone is working on your vehicle Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 14 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition key is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so The airbag system does not need regular maintenance 1 86 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to the front or sides of the vehicle that could keep the
138. The seat cushions on the bucket seats can be flipped forward and the seatbacks can be folded forward to give you more cargo space If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could To flip and fold the bucket seats do the following cause injury to the person sitting there Always 1 Pull up on the strap push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is loop located at the rear locked of the seat cushion and pull the seat cushion up and fold it forward Pull up on the lever without applying pressure to the seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place 2 On the extended models remove the headrest and store it on the top of the seat cushion 1 25 Extended Model Only Push the button at the base of the headrest and pull the headrest out from the seatback Slide the headrest pins into the holes on the top of the seat cushion to store the headrest 1 26 3 Pull up on the seatback release lever located on the outboard side of the seat cushion and push the seatback forward until it is flat Regular Model Lever shown Extended Model Lever similar If the seatback cannot fold flat because it interferes with the cushion try moving the front seat forward and or bringing the front seatback more upright Once the seatbacks are folded down on extended models only the rear seat footwell are
139. This type of cleaning cassette will not eject on its own A non scrubbing action cleaner may not clean as thoroughly as the scrubbing type cleaner The use of a non scrubbing action dry type cleaning cassette is not recommended After the player is cleaned press and hold the eject button for five seconds to reset the CLEAN indicator The radio will display or CLEANED to show the indicator was reset Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over time Always make sure the cassette tape is in good condition before the tape player is serviced Care of Your CDs and DVDs Handle CDs carefully Store them in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly or not at all If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Care of the CD and DVD Player The use of CD lens cleaners for CDs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants
140. Tighten each wheel nut by hand Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel is held against the hub 7 Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle Lower the jack completely A CAUTION Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new GM original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 116 for wheel nut torque specification 5 88 Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 116 for the wheel nut torque specification 8 Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown by turning the wheel wrench clockwise When you reinstall the regular wheel and tire you must also reinstall the center cap Place the cap on the wheel and tap it into place until it seats flush with the wheel The cap only goes on one way Be sure to line up the tab on the center cap with the indentation on the wheel Secondary Latch System To release the spare tire from the secondar
141. Use the defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture Use the front defrost button to defrost the front windshield 5 Defog Use this setting to clear the windows of fog or moisture Press the mode button to select this setting This setting will deliver air to the floor and windshield outlets Recirculation is not available in this mode W Defrost Press this button to defrost the windshield The system will automatically control the fan speed if you select defrost from AUTO mode If the outside temperature is 40 F 4 C or warmer your air conditioning compressor will automatically run to help dehumidify the air and dry the windshield Recirculation is not available in this mode Rear Window Defogger The lines you see on the rear window warm the glass The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window Gy Rear Press this button to turn the rear window defogger on or off An indicator light in the button will come on to let you know that the rear window defogger is activated The rear window defogger will turn off about 10 minutes after the button is pressed If you need additional warming time press the button again This button activates the heated mirrors Notice Do not use a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window Do not adhere anything to the defogger grid lines in the rear glass These actions may damage the rear defogger Repairs would not be covered
142. Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 104 Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle The vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle in a garage or covered whenever possible 5 101 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blade chatters when running wax sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a full strength glass cleaning liquid The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you
143. You are much less likely to get bad surprises Get accurate maps of trails and terrain Try to learn of any blocked or closed roads It is also a good idea to travel with at least one other vehicle If something happens to one of them the other can help quickly Getting Familiar with Off Road Driving It is a good idea to practice in an area that is safe and close to home before you go into the wilderness Off road driving does require some new and different driving skills Here is what we mean Tune your senses to different kinds of signals Your eyes for example need to constantly sweep the terrain for unexpected obstacles Your ears need to listen for unusual tire or engine sounds With your arms hands feet and body you will need to respond to vibrations and vehicle bounce Controlling your vehicle is the key to successful off road driving One of the best ways to control your vehicle is to control your speed Here are some things to keep in mind At higher speeds e You approach things faster and you have less time to scan the terrain for obstacles e You have less time to react e You have more vehicle bounce when you drive over obstacles e You will need more distance for braking especially since you are on an unpaved surface A CAUTION When you are driving off road bouncing and quick changes in direction can easily throw you out of position This could cause you to lose control and crash So whether you ar
144. a vibration in the brake pedal This is normal When the STABILITY SYS ACTIVE message is on you should continue to steer in the direction you want to go The system is designed to help you in bad weather or other difficult driving situations by making the most of whatever road conditions will permit For more information on the stability messages see Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 50 StabiliTrak and part of the traction control system can be turned off or back on by pressing the StabiliTrak button located on the instrument panel f When the system is turned off the traction off light will illuminate and the STABILITY SYS DISABLED message will appear on the DIC to warn the driver that both the stability system and part of the traction control system are disabled See Traction Off Light on page 3 41 for more information Your vehicle will still have brake traction control when StabiliTrak is off but will not be able to use the engine speed management system See Traction Control Operation next for more information When the StabiliTrak system has been turned off you may still hear system noises as a result of the brake traction control coming on To limit wheel spin and realize the full benefits of the stability enhancement system you should normally leave StabiliTrak on but it may be necessary to turn the system off if your vehicle is stuck in sand mud ice or snow and you want to rock
145. a will be exposed and will have to be covered by the load floor panel To create a load floor do the following 1 Release the panels from the seatbacks by pushing forward on the latches 2 Then fold the panels back to cover the rear seat footwell area Returning the Seats to the Normal Seating Position To return the seats to the normal seating position do the following 1 On extended models lift the load floor panels and latch them into the seatback A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 2 Lift the seatback up and push it rearward all the way Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place 3 On extended models return the headrest from the stored position to the seatback 4 Lower the seat cushion until it latches into position Pull up on the cushion to make sure it is locked 5 On regular models return the headrests to the upright position 1 27 Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a Safety belt properly If you are ina crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse
146. above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Side impact airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal or near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts because inflation would not likely help the occupant A side impact airbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck Vehicle s with dual stage airbags are also equipped with special sensors which enable the sensing system to monitor the position of both the driver and passenger front seats The seat position sensor provides information which is used to determine if the airbags should deploy at a reduced level or at full deployment In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For side impact airbags inflation is determined by the location and severity of the impact The airbag system is designed to work properly under a wide range of conditions including off road usage Observe safe driving speeds especially on rough terrain As always wear your safety belt See Off Road Driving on page 4 17 for tips on off road driving What Makes an Airbag Inflate In an impact of sufficient severity the airbag sensing system detects that the vehicle is
147. accident turn off the alarm by pressing unlock on the remote keyless entry transmitter or by placing the key in the ignition and turning it to START Testing the Alarm The alarm can be tested by following these steps 1 From inside the vehicle activate the system by locking the doors with the remote keyless entry transmitter 2 Wait for the security light to go out 3 Unlock the door with the manual door lock and open the door This should set off the alarm 4 Turn off the alarm by pressing unlock on the remote keyless entry transmitter or by placing the key in the ignition and turning it to START If the alarm does not sound when it should but the vehicle s headlamps flash check to see if the horn works The horn fuse may be blown To replace the fuse see Instrument Panel Fuse Block on page 5 108 and Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 111 If the alarm does not sound or the vehicle s headlamps do not flash see your dealer for service Passlock Your vehicle is equipped with the Passlock theft deterrent system Passlock is a passive theft deterrent system Passlock enables fuel if the ignition lock cylinder is turned with a valid key If a correct key is not used or the ignition lock cylinder is tampered with the fuel system is disabled and the vehicle will not start During normal operation the security light will turn off approximately five seconds after the key is turned to RUN If the engine st
148. ace properly can move around in a collision or sudden stop People in the vehicle could be injured Be sure to lock the seat into place properly when the protection needed in a crash The person installing it wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly 4 Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place The seatback cannot be raised to the routed and attached and are not twisted ee upright position unless the seat is secured to the floor To install the seat do the following 5 Pull up on the release lever labeled 1 located on 1 Open the liftgate to access the rear of the vehicle the rear of the seatback Then pull up on either the seatback or the assist strap located on the outboard side of the seat until the seatback locks into the upright position 2 While holding the rear of the seat up slide the front wheels into the slots on the floor The front latches should lock into place If the latches do not lock try tilting the rear of the seat upward 3 Once the latches are engaged let the seat drop into place A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 6 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked Bench Seat Thi
149. ada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 5 69 The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Tire Inspection and Rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 71 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 76 for more information Make sure the spare tire is stored securely Push pull and then try to rotate or turn the tire If it moves use the ratchet wheel wrench to tighten the cable See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 78 5 70 The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more unifor
150. afety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs 1 52 A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants always should be secured in appropriate infant restraints Child Restraint Systems A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children always should be secured in appropriate child restraints An infant car bed A a special bed made for use in a motor vehicle is an infant restraint system designed to restrain or position a ch
151. ag Inflates After the airbag inflates it quickly deflates so quickly that some people may not even realize the airbag inflated Some components of the airbag module may be hot for a short time These components include the steering wheel hub for the driver s frontal airbag and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s frontal airbag For side impact airbags the side of the seatback closest to the driver s and or right front passenger s door may be hot The parts of the bag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There will be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it stop people from leaving the vehicle A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there is dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention In many crashes severe enough to inflate an airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right fr
152. ain falling asleep at the wheel Call it Tenner ate some wpe highway hypnosis lack of awareness or whatever e Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated with a There is something about an easy stretch of road with comiortasly coolinterior the same scenery along with the hum of the tires on the e Keep your eyes moving Scan the road ahead and road the drone of the engine and the rush of the to the sides Check your mirrors and your wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy Do instruments frequently not let it happen to you If it does your vehicle can e If you get sleepy pull off the road into a rest leave the road in less than a second and you could crash and be injured service or parking area and take a nap get some exercise or both For safety treat drowsiness on the highway as an emergency 4 37 Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving in flat or rolling terrain 4 38 If you drive regularly in steep country or if you are planning to visit there here are some tips that can make your trips safer and more enjoyable See Off Road Driving on page 4 17 for information about driving off road e Keep your vehicle in good shape Check all fluid levels and also the brakes tires cooling system and transmission These parts can work hard on mountain roads A CAUTION If you do not shift down your brakes could get so hot that they would not work wel
153. aint People should never hold a baby in their arms while riding in a vehicle A baby does not weigh much until a crash During a crash a baby will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg baby will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms A baby should be secured in an appropriate restraint Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Q What are the different types of add on child A restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle s
154. air conditioning automatically to cool and dehumidify the air entering the vehicle If you select A C off while in front defrost defog or recirculation the A C snowflake symbol will turn off but the A C compressor will still run to help prevent fogging On hot days open the windows long enough to let hot inside air escape This reduces the time it takes for your vehicle to cool down Then keep your windows closed for the air conditioner to work its best 3 27 On cool but sunny days while using manual operation of the automatic system use bi level to deliver warm air to the floor and cooler air to the instrument panel outlets To warm or cool the air delivered turn the temperature knob to the desired setting In AUTO mode the system will cool and dehumidify the air inside the vehicle Also while in AUTO mode the system will maximize its performance by using recirculation as necessary O Off Press this button to turn off the entire climate control system Outside air will still enter the vehicle and will be directed to the floor This direction can be changed by pressing the mode button The temperature can also be adjusted using either temperature knob Press the up or down arrows on the fan switch the defrost button the AUTO button or the air conditioning button to turn the system on when it is off 3 28 Defogging and Defrosting You can use either defog or front defrost to clear fog or frost from your windshield
155. aking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil ask your dealer a service station or a local recycling center for help Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 10 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter and the air filter restriction indicator if equipped When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter If your vehicle is equipped with an air filter restriction indicator it lets you know when the engine air cleaner filter needs to be replaced On vehicles with a restriction indicator you should inspect the air filter restriction indicator at every oil change and replace the engine air cleaner filter when the indicator tells you to On vehicles without an air filter restriction indicator inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 83 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Vehicles With an Air Filter Restriction Indicator Locate the air filter restriction indicator on the engine air cleaner filter cover When the indicator turns black or is in the red orange change zone replace the filter and reset the indicator See the steps following to replace the engine air clea
156. al Home Remote button Do not release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds While still holding the Universal Home Remote button proceed with Step 2 under Programming Universal Home Remote shown earlier in this section For additional information on Universal Home Remote see Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 4 Storage Areas Glove Box Open the glove box by pulling the bottom of the handle upward 2 42 Cupholder s Your vehicle is equipped with cupholders for the front and rear passengers The cupholders are located in the center console for the front passengers and on the rear of the center console for the rear passengers To use the front cupholders press down on the access door and release The door will then open Push the door back down to close it The front cupholder may be removed for cleaning by pushing down and then back on the cupholder Some vehicles may be equipped with a heated and cooled front cupholders Perform the following procedure to use your front cupholders 1 Place the provided beverage container in the cup holder 2 Press the top red dot of the switch to heat the cup holder or press the bottom blue dot of the switch to cool the cup holder Press the same switch again to turn off the cup holder If you dim your interior lights to the lowest setting the cupholder will automatically shutoff This prevents the cupholder from being on w
157. al Home Remote System 2 38 Universal Home Remote System Operation 2 39 Storage Areas 0 cece eee eee eee eee errereen 2 42 GIOVE BOX oseere a EE 2 42 Gupholder S einanti no nin 2 42 Instrument Panel Storage Area 2 43 Center Console Storage Area ccceeeeeeeeee es 2 43 Luggage Carrier usis iindern rieren iiin menni ea 2 43 Rear Seat Armrest c cseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee sented 2 44 Convenience Net nemocen iaaea 2 44 Cargo COVED 2 ce ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 45 SUNIOOF 224i i eee tiie eet 2 46 Vehicle Personalization ceeeeeee 2 47 Memory Seat ascesscAsenchoss tikir okeana 2 47 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The children or others could be badly injured or even killed Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children Your vehicle has one double sided key for the ignition and door locks If you ever lose your keys your dealer will be able to assist you with obtaining replacements In an emergency contact Cadillac Roadside Service See Roadside Service on page 7 5 for more information If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may be able to have your doors unlocked automatically with the OnStar system if you have an active OnStar subscription For more infor
158. ality SPACIOUS This setting makes the listening space seem larger The radio can save separate AUTO EQ settings for each preset and source Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade AUDIO To adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers push and release the AUDIO knob until BAL appears on the display Turn the knob to move the sound toward the right or the left speakers To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers push and release the AUDIO knob until FADE appears on the display Turn the knob to move the sound toward the front or the rear speakers To adjust the balance or fade to the middle position while it is displayed push the AUDIO knob then push it again and hold it until the radio produces one beep The balance or fade will be adjusted to the middle position and the display will show the speaker balance To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position push and hold the AUDIO knob when no tone or speaker control is displayed ALL CENTERED will appear on the display you will hear a beep and the display level will be adjusted to the middle position Finding a Program Type PTY Station RDS and XM To select and find a desired PTY perform the following 1 Press the TYPE button to activate program type select mode TYPE and a PTY will appear on the display 2 Turn the TYPE knob or press and release the TYPE button to select a PTY 3 Once the desired PTY is displ
159. alls and the security light flashes wait about 10 minutes until the light stops flashing before trying to restart the engine Remember to release the key from START as soon as the engine starts If the engine does not start after three tries the vehicle needs service If the engine is running and the security light comes on you will be able to restart the engine if you turn the engine off However your Passlock system is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer Your vehicle is not protected by Passlock at this time You may also want to check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 107 See your dealer for service In an emergency call the Roadside Assistance Center See Roadside Service on page 7 5 2 16 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines e Keep your speed at 55 mph 88 km h or less for the first 500 miles 805 km e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time your new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every t
160. an cause unconsciousness or death See Engine Exhaust on page 2 26 To maximize your safety when towing a trailer e Have your exhaust system inspected for leaks and make necessary repairs before starting on your trip Keep the rear most windows closed If exhaust does come into your vehicle through a window in the rear or another opening drive with your front main heating or cooling system on and with the fan on any speed This will bring fresh outside air into your vehicle Do not use the climate control setting for maximum air because it only recirculates the air inside your vehicle See Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 3 24 Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you ll want to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load
161. and Cargo Weight 700 Ibs 317 kg A Example 2 Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 750 Ibs 136 kg Available Cargo Example 3 Item Description Tota Vehicle Capacity Weight pA for Example 3 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 200 lbs 91 kg x 5 Available Cargo o Aimee fos ok Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Certification Tire Label GAWR FRT GAWR RR COLD TIRE PRESSURE Ll I SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A vehicle specific Certification Tire label is attached to the rear edge of the driver s door The label shows the size of your vehicle s original tires and the inflation pressures needed to obtain the gross weight capacity of your vehicle This is called Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo 4 49 The Certification Tire label also tells you the maximum weights for the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go toa weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your deal
162. and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds 4 NOTES 7 16 A Accessories and Modifications eeeeeee 5 3 Accessory Power Outlet S eeeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 22 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped VENCE a orea a A ace tieed ies 1 86 Additives Fuel c ccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeatenees 5 5 Add On Electrical Equipment eeeeee 5 106 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal 2 19 Air Cleaner Filter Engine c eeeeeeeeeeneeees 5 16 Air Conditioning 0icccsccsssccin nieve tienes 3 24 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator eeeeeeeeees 3 36 Readiness Light cciccc scskveascincs ceddeagntetnceeatesae 3 35 Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM 7 8 Airbag System siisii scenie irana E 1 74 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle wrtienacnnth dics ciadinedueniesadacnncsade canteen 1 86 How Does an Airbag Restrain eeee 1 80 Passenger Sensing System eeeeeeeeeeees 1 82 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 86 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 06 1 79 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 80 When Should an Airbag Inflate 00 1 78 Where Are the Airbags ccecce 1 76 All Wheel Drive iccessectnct
163. anel Fuse Block The center instrument panel utility block is located underneath the instrument panel to the left of the steering column 1 iz 1 T t 1 SEO 2 TRAILER 0 A UPFIT A SL RIDE A HDLNR 2 6 WAY 6 WAY 4 WAY 6 WAY 6 WAY A BLK A BRN CRM D GRY D CRM D HDLNR 1 A 12 WAY M BRN BODY 5 110 Device SEO TRAILER UPFIT SL RIDE HDLR 2 BODY DEFOG HDLNR 1 SPARE RELAY CB SEAT CB RT DOOR SPARE NFO Special Equipment Option Off road Lamps Harness Connector Trailer Brake Wiring Upfitter Not Used Ride Control Not Used Body Wiring Connector Rear Defogger Relay Headliner Wiring Connector 1 Headliner Wiring Connector 2 Not Used Driver and Passenger Seat Module Circuit Breaker Rear Right Power Window Passenger Door Module Not Used Not Used Underhood Fuse Block The underhood fuse block in the engine compartment is located on the driver s side of the vehicle near the battery Lift the cover for access to the fuse relay block To remove fuses if you don t have a fuse extractor hold the end of the fuse between your thumb and index finger and pull straight out See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 10 for more information on its location 5 111 5 112 STUD MBEC BLWR LBEC STUD s 1 2 a ABS VSES IGN IGN LBEC ECAS A B 1 intpank TAL PARK RR PARK jl L
164. ant brake fluid windshield washer and until the filling is complete other fluids and plastic or rubber You or e Do not smoke while pumping gasoline others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the handle with this symbol on it It is located inside the vehicle to the lower left of the steering wheel Ss 2 Then go to the front of the vehicle and pull up on the secondary hood release located near the center of the grille 3 Lift the hood Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then pull down the hood and close it firmly Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 6 0L High Output V8 engine here is what you will see EAN Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 16 Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 27 and Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap on page 5 24 Air Filter Restriction Indicator If Equipped See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 16 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 11 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil
165. ap is hot Wait for the cooling system and radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture 5 29 A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine 1 You can remove the coolant surge tank gg ROPEN Ho pressure cap when the N gt cooling system SURGE RESERVOIR including the coolant TANK D EXPANSION 15 PSI 105 kPa surge tank pressure a cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot 9 DEX ccole Souvare Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one full turn ws 6 Ay If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means there is still some pressure left
166. aring the messages will only make the messages disappear not correct the problem The following are the possible messages that can be displayed and some information about them 3 54 BATTERY NOT CHARGING On some vehicles if the battery is not charging during operation this message will appear on the DIC Driving with this problem could drain your battery Have the electrical system checked by your GM dealer as soon as possible Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will clear the message from the DIC display See Charging System Light on page 3 38 and Voltmeter Gage on page 3 38 BUCKLE PASSENGER If your vehicle has the passenger sensing system this message reminds you to buckle the passenger s seat belt See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 82 This message will display and a chime will sound when the ignition is on the driver s seat belt is buckled the passenger s seat belt is unbuckled with the passenger airbag enabled and the vehicle is in motion You should have the passenger buckle their seat belt This reminder will be repeated if the ignition is on the vehicle is in motion the driver is buckled and the passenger is still unbuckled and the passenger airbag is enabled If the passenger s seat belt is already buckled this message and chime will not come on Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the
167. as passed since the timer was last reset not including time the ignition is off Time will continue to be counted as long as the ignition is on even if another display is being shown on the DIC The timer will record up to 99 hours 59 minutes and 59 seconds 99 59 59 after which the display will roll back to zero To stop the counting of time press the select button briefly while TIMER is displayed To reset the timer to zero press and hold the select button while TIMER is displayed Engine Hours Press the trip information button until ENGINE HOURS appears on the display This mode shows the total number of hours the engine has run Pressing and holding the reset stem located on the instrument cluster for about four seconds will also display the engine hour information after the odometer is displayed when the vehicle is off 3 52 Fuel Information Button ib Fuel Information Press the fuel information button to scroll through the range fuel used average fuel economy and the engine oil life system Fuel Range Press the fuel information button until RANGE appears on the display This mode shows the remaining distance you can drive without refueling It is based on fuel economy and the fuel remaining in the fuel tank The display will show LOW if the fuel level is low The fuel economy data used to determine fuel range is an average of recent driving conditions As your driving conditions change this data is gradua
168. ast as it goes Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels 1 29 Put someone on it Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop 1 30 The person keeps going until stopped by something In or the instrument panel a real vehicle it could be the windshield Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q Will I be trapped in the vehicle after an accident if am wearing a safety belt A You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down And your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted Q If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear safety belts or the safety belts A Airbags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future But they are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Every airbag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts Even if you are in a vehicle that has airbags you still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense
169. ath from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening Power Door Locks The power door lock switches are located on the driver s and front S passenger s armrests Ss o Lock Remove the ignition key and press the lock symbol to lock all of the doors If the delayed locking feature is on the doors will not lock until five seconds after the last door is closed Press the lock symbol twice to override this feature and lock all of the doors immediately See Delayed Locking on page 2 9 for more information rt Unlock To unlock the doors press the unlock symbol Delayed Locking When locking the doors with the power lock switch or the keyless entry transmitter and a door or the liftgate is open the delayed locking feature will delay locking the doors until five seconds after the last door is closed You will hear three chimes to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use Pressing the power lock switch or the lock button on the keyless entry transmitter twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately lock all the doors You can turn the delayed locking feature off or back on again by doing the following 1 Press and hold the power door lock switch in the lock position 2 Press unlock twice on the remote keyle
170. axles See Certification Tire Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 6 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle See Towing a Trailer on page 4 53 for important information on towing a trailer towing safety rules and trailering tips 4 47 Tien 4 48 Example 1 Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg 68 kg x 2 Available Occupant
171. ay hear or feel the system working This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with your vehicle The system should initialize before the vehicle reaches 20 mph 32 km h In some cases it may take approximately two miles of driving before the system initializes If the system fails to turn on or activate the STABILITY SYS DISABLED or SERVICE STABILITY message will be displayed If the vehicle has gone through heavy acceleration or braking or multiple turns during the first two miles of driving after starting your vehicle the STABILITY SYS DISABLED message may appear If this is the case your vehicle does not need servicing You will need to turn the vehicle off and then restart it to initialize StabiliTrak If either message appears on the Driver Information Center DIC and your vehicle hasn t gone through hard acceleration braking or multiple turns in the first two miles of driving your vehicle should be taken in for service The STABILITY SYS ACTIVE message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC only when the system is both on and activated It means that an advanced computer controlled system has come on to help your vehicle continue to go in the direction in which you re steering StabiliTrak activates when the computer senses that your vehicle is just starting to spin as it might if you hit a patch of ice or other slippery spot on the road When the system activates you may hear a noise or feel
172. ayed press and release either the TYPE or the SEEK arrows to select and to take you to the PTY s first station 4 To go to another station within that PTY and the PTY is displayed press either TYPE or SEEK arrow once If the PTY is not displayed go back to Step 1 5 Press either the TYPE or the SEEK arrows to exit program type select mode If the radio cannot find the desired program type NONE will appear on the display and the radio will return to the last station you were listening to 3 75 SCAN Scan the stations within a PTY by performing the following 1 Press the TYPE button to activate program type select mode TYPE and the last selected PTY will appear on the display 2 Turn the TYPE knob or press and release the TYPE button to select a PTY 3 Once the desired PTY is displayed press and hold either the TYPE or the SCAN arrows for two seconds and the radio will begin scanning the stations in the PTY 4 Press either the TYPE or the SCAN arrows to stop at a station BAND Alternate Frequency Alternate frequency allows the radio to switch to a stronger station with the same program type To turn alternate frequency on press and hold BAND for two seconds AF ON will appear on the display The radio may switch to stations with a stronger frequency To turn alternate frequency off press and hold BAND again for two seconds AF OFF will appear on the display The radio will not switch to other stations
173. ayer will continue moving backward or forward through the CD 3 84 Ki SCAN D Press and hold either the SCAN or the TYPE arrows for more than two seconds until SCAN appears on the display and you hear a beep The radio will go to the next track play for 10 seconds then go on to the next track Press either the SCAN or the TYPE arrows again to stop scanning INFO Information Press this knob to see how long the current track has been playing ET and the elapsed time will appear on the display To change the default on the display track or elapsed time press the knob until you see the display you want then hold the knob for two seconds The radio will produce one beep and the selected display will now be the default BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a cassette tape or CD is playing The inactive tape or CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening TAPE DISC Press this button to play a cassette tape or CD when listening to the radio The inactive tape or CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening A Eject Press this button to stop and eject a CD when it is playing or to eject a CD when it is not playing Eject may be activated with either the ignition or radio off CDs may be loaded with the radio and ignition off if this button is pressed first CD Messages If the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e It is very hot When the temperature retur
174. be taken to dislodge as careful working on the engine with the air little dirt as possible cleaner filter off 4 Clean the engine air cleaner filter sealing surfaces and the housing 5 18 Automatic Transmission Fluid When to Check and Change Automatic Transmission Fluid A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid level is when the engine oil is changed Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid Because this operation can be a little difficult you may choose to have this done at the dealership service department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading on the dipstick Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage your transmission Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine part or exhaust system parts starting a fire Too little fluid could cause the transmission to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transmission fluid level if you have been driving e When outside temperatures are above 90 F 32 C e At high speed for quite a while e In heavy traffic especially in hot weather e While pulling a trailer
175. bove liftgate level In order for the rear sensors to recognize an object it must be within detection range behind the vehicle 3 21 When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly The light may flash red when the vehicle is in REVERSE R if the ultrasonic sensors are not kept clean So be sure to keep your rear bumper free of mud dirt snow ice and slush Other conditions that may affect system performance include things like the vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck If after cleaning the rear bumper and then driving forward at least 15 mph 25 km h the display continues to flash red see your dealer If a trailer was attached to your vehicle or a bicycle or an object was on the back of or hanging out of your cargo area during your last drive cycle the light may also flash red The light will continue to flash whenever in REVERSE R until your vehicle is driven forward at least 15 mph 25 km h without any obstructions behind the vehicle For cleaning instructions see Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 107 Accessory Power Outlet s With accessory power outlets you can plug in auxiliary electrical equipment such as a cellular telephone or CB radio 3 22 Your vehicle is equipped with many accessory power outlets One outlet is located in the center console Press the button on the side of the console door to access the outlet There may also be accessory power ou
176. but a door is open you may hear three chimes indicating delayed locking is enabled See Delayed Locking on page 2 9 for additional information Close the door and the content theft deterrent system will be activated If a locked door is opened without using the remote keyless entry transmitter or OnStar if equipped with an active subscription the alarm will go off Your vehicle s lamps will flash and the horn will sound for about two minutes then will turn off to save the battery power If this occurs you can turn off the alarm by pressing unlock on the remote keyless entry transmitter or by placing the key in the ignition and turning it to START If your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC you can customize your alarm warning See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 63 for additional information The horn may chirp for 10 seconds before the alarm goes off if the theft deterrent system is activated using the remote keyless entry transmitter and the driver s door is opened If this occurs you can turn off the alarm by pressing unlock on the remote keyless entry transmitter or by placing the key in the ignition and turning it to START Here is how to avoid setting off the alarm by accident e If you do not want to activate the theft deterrent system the vehicle should be locked with the door key after the doors are closed e Always unlock a door with the remote keyless entry transmitter If you set off the alarm by
177. ccitescinecctanniaccserieecteeea ans 5 47 Vertical AMING wiceiccccccetecevennnetetendenentietioncnenes 5 48 Headlamps cedci0steccegotarvastnenihertanyensseaniebanende 5 50 Automatic Headlamp System eeeeeee 3 17 Bulb Replacement reccsent 5 49 Daytime Running Lamps eeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 16 FlasSh tO PASS ciiao lcaesaesteavedan sees veessear gents 3 9 Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Daytime RUNNING LAMPS ccs cn tccs cencentontaicananiradtennses 5 54 Halogen Bulbs wssiteuseiaiten lg aviandweieeiess 5 50 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 5 49 High Low Beam Changer 0 eeeeeee 3 9 OM REMINGESE ayesan erai Ti 3 16 Heated Seats a an 1 4 1 5 1 10 Hetet aaeoa e a ES E EOE 3 24 Highbeam Om Hight isens icri nianna 3 48 Highway HYPNOSIS srssisriaiassnirirroiricimnaaesas 4 37 Hill and Mountain Roads sosiinireseiricicrissinssssas 4 38 Hood Checking Things Under eeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 8 RelCaSE sieer aa n 5 9 HO eaa E EEE E E S E 3 6 How to Use This Manual ceceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees ii How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 5 1 33 Ignition POSITIONS asien are ators nin 2 17 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 50 Inflation Tire Pressure eceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 64 Instrument Panel OVErVICW cece cee ee cee ee cece ec eee ee eee eceeaeeeeeeeeeneaees 3 4 Storage Area cies 2ece ene anerer i einan 2 43 I
178. cexeataneacan EEE aA i ENAR 1 59 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Seat POSION 2 c cscsicisvescceswaeveecsavsesbe steve deen 1 66 Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Rear Seat Position senaian nii 1 68 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position cccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 70 1 1 Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Airbag System l enn 1 74 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 86 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 1 76 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped When Should an Airbag Inflate ee 1 78 NGMICIG daeadenn a Sn EER 1 86 What Makes an Airbag Inflate ssisnesees 1 79 Restraint System Check 000ccceees 1 87 How Does an Airbag Restrain ee 1 80 Checking the Restraint Systems 0 0606 1 87 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 80 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Passenger Sensing System s s s 1 82 E TE o E E E 1 88 Front Seats Horizontal Conirol This control adjusts the seat cushion e Raise or lower the front of the seat by raising or lowering the forward edge of the control Raise or lower the rear of the seat by raising or lowering the rear edge of the control Power Seats e Move the seat forward or rearward by moving the whole control toward the front or toward the rear of the vehicle e Lower or raise the entire seat cushion by moving jannah the
179. check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 44 lf this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs may not be covered by your warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that will help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing your emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to your fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your GM dealer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines may be available in your area General Motors recommends that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol
180. cle may also have reading lamps in other locations To turn on or off press the button located next to the lamp The lamps cannot be adjusted Battery Run Down Protection This feature shuts off the dome lamps if they are left on for more than 10 minutes when the ignition is in LOCK This will keep your battery from running down 3 19 Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA The Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system is designed to help you park while the vehicle is in REVERSE R It operates only at very low speeds less than 3 mph 5 km h URPA can help make parking easier and to help you avoid colliding with objects such as parked vehicles The URPA system can detect objects up to 5 feet 1 5 m behind the vehicle and tell you how close these objects are from your rear bumper Your vehicle s URPA operates when the shift lever is moved into REVERSE R and the vehicle speed is less than 3 mph 5 km h Four ultrasonic sensors located at the rear bumper are used to detect the distance to the object 3 20 Ley The URPA display is located inside the vehicle near the rear window It has three color coded lights used to provide distance and system information to the driver URPA can be turned off by pressing the rear park aid disable button located near the climate control system and radio You will not see any lights on the rear display if URPA is turned off A CAUTION Even with the Ultrasonic Rear Pa
181. cle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer To remove the child restraint just unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger 1 73 Airbag System Your vehicle has a frontal airbag for the driver a frontal airbag for the right front passenger a side impact airbag for the driver and a side impact airbag for the right front passenger Frontal airbags are designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating frontal airbag But these airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job and comply with federal regulations Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safe
182. cles that have a tire pressure monitoring system may give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 66 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label This label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label and its location on your vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properl
183. cnvactgoentacoes 3 12 Cruise Control Light eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 3 48 CUPNOIGEN S vse aiaia ne Eaa NEEE 2 42 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation c eceeeeeeeeeee es 7 7 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users 0cceeeeeeeeeeees 7 4 Customer Assistance Offices ccccceeeeees 7 4 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 068 7 2 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 5 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government cceeeeeeeeeeees 7 13 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government eeeeee 7 13 Roadside Service ccececeneeeeeneeeeeneeeeenes 7 5 Service Publications Ordering Information 7 14 Daytime Running Lamps ssec 3 16 Defensive Driving cecceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Delayed LOCKING wiscc csicesascikosecaxshisedicdaelacscancnel 2 9 Diversity Antenna System ceeeeeeeeeneee renee 3 106 Doing Your Own Service Work eceeeeeee ees 5 4 Dome Lamps 24 tesndscnctediots sevice tana e Ea 3 19 Door Delayed HOCKING c x cccnzcteenenekaeeebarhattieweenenns 2 9 LOCKS syed desu nas atdide laa ssa died E EN 2 8 Power Door LOCKS isc cttecnseeinaseidensines iniiai 2 9 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 10 Rear Door Security LOCKS cceeeeeeeeee ees 2 10
184. control over the rear climate control system See Rear Passenger Console Control later for more information 3 30 O Off Turn the knob located on the left side of the control panel to this position to turn the rear climate control system off Fan To adjust the airflow speed turn the fan knob located on the left side of the control panel to the desired setting Choose AUTO if you want the system to automatically choose the fan speed to maintain a selected temperature See Auto Mode later in this section for more information on using this feature F C To adjust the air temperature turn the temperature knob on the center of the control panel For cooler or warmer air turn the knob counterclockwise toward 66 F 19 C or clockwise toward 82 F 27 C To regulate the airflow direction adjust the right knob on the control panel Turn the knob clockwise for floor vent airflow or counterclockwise for headliner vent airflow Generally the upper vents are used for air conditioning and the floor vents for heating The knob can be set to any blend setting Choose AUTO if you want the system to automatically regulate the airflow See Auto Mode later in this section for more information on using this feature Rear Passenger Console Control To use the rear climate control from the rear passenger position use the rear passenger console control The driver overhead control fan knob must be set to the AUX po
185. cooled seats you can choose high medium or low heat or cool settings The seats will only operate either in the heat or cool mode for example you cannot cool the seat cushion while heating the seatback An amber light will flash when a setting cannot be selected To operate the heated and cooled seats do the following 1 Press the red heat button A or the blue cool button B 2 Choose one of the following Seatback Only This can only be used for the heat feature Press this button to heat the seatback and cycle through the heat settings of high medium low and off Red indicator lights will glow for each heat setting chosen three lights for high two for medium and one for low A light in the button will also glow to indicate the seatback heat is on e Entire Seat Press this button to heat or cool the entire seat and cycle through the settings of high medium low and off Red for heat or blue for cool indicator lights will glow for each setting chosen three lights for high two for medium and one for low 1 6 Reclining Seatbacks The front seats have a recline feature which is described earlier See Power Seats on page 1 3 Head Restraints A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job In a crash you could go int
186. could be an early indicator that the tire pressures are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly When the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning message and low
187. credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair Generally it is not possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information Courtesy Transportation is available during the Bumper to Bumper warranty coverage period but it is not part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Courtesy Transportation is available only at participating dealers and all program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer 7 8 Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel Canadian Vehicles For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle Coverage period of the General Motors of Canada New Vehicle Limited Warranty alternative transportation may be available under the Courtesy Transportation Program Please consult your dealer for details General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Vehicl
188. ct English or metric press the select button while DISPLAY UNITS is displayed on the DIC Pressing the select button will scroll through the following choices e DISPLAY UNITS ENGLISH e DISPLAY UNITS METRIC If you choose English all information will be displayed in English units For example distance in miles and fuel economy in miles per gallon If you choose metric all information will be displayed in metric units For example distance in kilometers and fuel economy in liters per 100 kilometers Choose one of the available options and press the customization button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it and end out of the customizable options Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features Driving without distraction is a necessity for a safer driving experience See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 By taking a few moments to read this manual and get familiar with your vehicle s audio system you can use it with less effort as well as take advantage of its features While your vehicle is parked set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if equipped A CAUTION This system provides you with a far greater access to audio stations and
189. ction off light are illuminated on the instrument panel cluster Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear spinning the wheels as little as possible Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear By slowly spinning your wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that may free your vehicle If that does not get you out after a few tries you may need to be towed out Or you can use your recovery hooks if your vehicle has them If you do need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 52 Recovery Hooks A CAUTION These hooks when used are under a lot of force Always pull the vehicle straight out Never pull on the hooks at a sideways angle The hooks could break off and you or others could be injured from the chain or cable snapping back Notice Never use recovery hooks to tow the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged and it would not be covered by warranty Your vehicle may have recovery hooks at the front of the vehicle You may need to use them if you are stuck off road and need to be pulled to some place where you can continue driving 4 45 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Tw
190. ction this way 1 36 Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong place A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you 1 37 Q What is wrong with this The belt is over an armrest 1 38 A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied at the abdomen not at the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 1 39 Q What is wrong with thi
191. curely 5 90 Attach the jack handle extension and wheel wrench to the jack and place it with the wheel blocks under the vehicle toward the front of the rear bumper 10 11 12 ey Position the center lift point of the jack under the center of the spare tire Turn the wrench clockwise to raise the jack until it lifts the end fitting Continue raising the jack until the spare tire stops moving upward and is held firmly in place The secondary latch has released and the spare tire is balancing on the jack Lower the jack by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise Keep lowering the jack until the spare tire slides off the jack or is hanging by the cable A CAUTION Someone standing too close during the procedure could be injured by the jack If the spare tire does not slide off the jack completely make sure no one is behind you or on either side of you as you pull the jack out from the spare 13 Disconnect the jack handle from the jack and carefully remove the jack Use one hand to push against the spare while firmly pulling the jack out from under the spare tire with the other hand If the spare tire is hanging from the cable insert the hoist handle extension and wheel wrench into the hoist shaft hole in the bumper and turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare the rest of the way 5 91 14 Tilt the retainer at the end of the cable and pull it through the whe
192. d any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice lf you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes These brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with to
193. d the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake Your brakes may not have time to cool between hard stops Your brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump your brakes If you do the pedal may get harder to push down If your engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Anti Lock Brake System ABS Your vehicle has anti lock brakes ABS is an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid When you start your engine and begin to drive away your anti lock brake system will check itself You may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on This is normal If there is a problem with the anti lock brake system this warning light will stay on See Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light on
194. dca dened 2 47 Ventilation Adjustment seeen 3 29 AEO TETEA A A E E A A E 2 14 Voltmeter Gage ceeeeeceeeeeeneeeee eee een een eeaeeaes 3 38 13 W Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 32 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages e0eeeeee 3 54 Hazard Warning Flashers a e 3 6 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeee teen ees 3 6 Safety and Symbols oireann nansa iii Vehicle Damage vcisteicsencscoscancnesmecianeagateteadersekss iv Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance 5 75 Different Size 0 ceeeee cence eee eee eee eea een eeaees 5 73 Replacement wiccocieviucresseccserenteasetaentencsicanetert 5 76 Where to Put the Restraint ce eeeeeeee eee 1 58 WIMGQOWS a cte8 cand ginere a e heeduact E 2 12 ROWER eaman e E N etalon 2 13 14 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades Cleaning 5 102 Washer eian get N ETENA 3 10 Washer FIUO is rosisirrnaiie iisen miano 5 33 Wiper Blade Replacement r ns ininnrnernsnnssann 5 56 Wiper FUSOS eree aa eae O 5 107 WVIDOIS siaii noaea a OA 3 10 Windshield Rear Washer Wiper acccccccccccee 3 11 Winter Diving sccresesiastitettae aeoe i a nan 4 40 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 106 Your Vehicle and the Environment 00 6 2
195. do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes 4 43 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck you will need to spin the wheels but you do not want to spin your wheels too fast The method known as rocking can help you get out when you are stuck but you must use caution A CAUTION If you let your tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured And the transmission or other parts of the vehicle can overheat That could cause an engine compartment fire or other damage When you are stuck spin the wheels as little as possible Do not spin the wheels above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer 4 44 Notice Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the tires If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting your transmission back and forth you can destroy your transmission For more information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 77 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn your steering wheel left and right That will clear the area around your front wheels If your vehicle has the StabiliTrak System turn the system off by pressing the StabiliTrak button so that the STABILITY SYS DISABLED message and the tra
196. dow on the mirror The compass can be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display reads a direction Compass Variance Compass variance is the difference between earth s magnetic north and true geographic north The mirror is set to zone eight upon leaving the factory It will be necessary to adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if you live outside zone eight Under certain circumstances such as during a long distance cross country trip it will be necessary to adjust for compass variance If not adjusted to account for compass variance your compass could give false readings To adjust for compass variance do the following 1 Find your current location and variance zone number on the map 2 Press and hold the on off button for six seconds Release the button when ZONE is displayed The number shown is the current zone number 3 Scroll through the zone numbers that appear in the compass temperature window on the mirror by pressing the on off button Once you find your zone number release the button After about four seconds the mirror will return to the compass display and the new zone number will be set Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display Your vehicle may have this feature When on the automatic dimming mirror dims to the proper level to minimize glare from lights behind you after dark The mirror ha
197. during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio FM Stereo FM stereo will give the best sound but FM signals will reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada if available Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time The radio may display NO SIGNAL to indicate interference 3 104 Care of the Cassette Tape Player A tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause reduced sound quality ruined cassettes or a damaged mechanism Cassette tapes should be stored in their cases away from contaminants direct sunlight and extreme heat If they are not they may not operate properly or may cause failure of the tape player The tape player should be cleaned regularly after every 50 hours of use The radio may display CLEAN to indicate that the tape player has been used for 50 hours without resetting the tape clean timer If this message appears
198. e Radio with Cassette and CD C _ JORO Ti cH FB GD Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS RDS features are available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information With RDS the radio can do the following e Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type of programming e Receive announcements concerning local and national emergencies e Display messages from radio stations This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and will only work when the information is available In rare cases a radio station may broadcast incorrect information that will cause the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station While the radio is tuned to an RDS station the station name or call letters will appear on the display instead of the frequency RDS stations may also provide the time of day a program type PTY for current programming and the name of the program being broadcast XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada if available XM offers over 100 coast to coast channels including music news sports talk and children s programming XM provides digital quality audio and text information that includes song title and artist name A service fee is required in order to receive the XM service For more information co
199. e 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program Online Owner Center The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to e Get e mail service reminders e Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner s manual United States only e Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule e Find GM dealers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members United States only Refer to the web for updated information To register your vehicle visit www MyGMLink com United States or My GM Canada within www gmcanada com Canada Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Cadillac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user can communicate with Cadillac by dialing 1 800 833 CMCC 2622 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Cadillac encourages customers to call the toll free numb
200. e driving on or off the road you and your passengers should wear safety belts 4 20 Scanning the Terrain Off road driving can take you over many different kinds of terrain You need to be familiar with the terrain and its many different features Here are some things to consider Surface Conditions Off roading can take you over hard packed dirt gravel rocks grass sand mud snow or ice Each of these surfaces affects the steering acceleration and braking of your vehicle in different ways Depending upon the kind of surface you are on you may experience slipping sliding wheel spinning delayed acceleration poor traction and longer braking distances Surface Obstacles Unseen or hidden obstacles can be hazardous A rock log hole rut or bump can startle you if you are not prepared for them Often these obstacles are hidden by grass bushes snow or even the rise and fall of the terrain itself Here are some things to consider e Is the path ahead clear e Will the surface texture change abruptly up ahead e Does the travel take you uphill or downhill There is more discussion of these subjects later e Will you have to stop suddenly or change direction quickly When you drive over obstacles or rough terrain keep a firm grip on the steering wheel Ruts troughs or other surface features can jerk the wheel out of your hands if you are not prepared When you drive over bumps rocks or other obstacles t
201. e Data Collection and Event Data Recorders Your vehicle like other modern motor vehicles has a number of sophisticated computer systems that monitor and control several aspects of the vehicle s performance Your vehicle uses on board vehicle computers to monitor emission control components to optimize fuel economy to monitor conditions for airbag deployment and if so equipped to provide anti lock braking and to help the driver control the vehicle in difficult driving situations Some information may be stored during regular operations to facilitate repair of detected malfunctions other information is stored only in a crash event by computer systems such as those commonly called event data recorders EDR In a crash event computer systems such as the Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM in your vehicle may record information about the condition of the vehicle and how it was operated such as data related to engine speed brake application throttle position vehicle speed safety belt usage airbag readiness airbag performance and the severity of a collision If your vehicle is equipped with StabiliTrak steering performance including yaw rate steering wheel angle and lateral acceleration is also recorded This information has been used to improve vehicle crash performance and may be used to improve crash performance of future vehicles and driving safety Unlike the data recorders on many airplanes these on board sys
202. e Schedule 0 6 3 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 13 Scheduled Maintenance ceeeeeeeeeneeeeen eens 6 4 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 15 Additional Required Services ceeeeeeee ee 6 6 Engine Drive Belt Routing eee 6 16 Maintenance Footnotes ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 7 Maintenance Record eceeeeeeeeeeeeeee teenies 6 17 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance may not be covered by warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To h
203. e a brake problem Have your brake system OG O BRAKE United States This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If it doesn t come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there s a problem 3 39 If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 52 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service 3 40 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light With the anti lock brake system this light will come on when you start your engine and may stay on for several seconds That s normal If the light doesn t come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If the light stays on or comes on when you re driving your vehicle needs service You will also hear a chime sound when the light is on steady If the regular brake system warning light isn t on you still have brakes but you don t have anti lock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on y
204. e airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that does not move or deform the threshold level for the reduced deployment is about 10 to 16 mph 16 to 25 km h and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 20 to 30 mph 32 to 48 km h The threshold level can vary however with specific vehicle design so that it can be somewhat above or below this range Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object The frontal airbags driver and right front passenger are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts Side impact airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes A side impact airbag will inflate if the crash severity is
205. e filler plug hole located on the transfer case you ll need to add some lubricant Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole Use care not to overtighten the plug What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Rear Axle When to Check Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem Have it inspected and repaired All axle assemblies are filled by volume of fluid during production They are not filled to reach a certain level When checking the fluid level on any axle variations in the readings can be caused by factory fill differences between the minimum and the maximum fluid volume Also if a vehicle has just been driven before checking the fluid level it may appear lower than normal because fluid has traveled out along the axle tubes and has not drained back to the sump area Therefore a reading taken five minutes after the vehicle has been driven will appear to have a lower fluid level than a vehicle that has been stationary for an hour or two Remember that the rear axle assembly must be supported to get a true reading 5 44 How to Check Lubricant To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be on a level surface The proper level is from 5 8 inch to 1 5 8 inc
206. e may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs and DVDs on page 3 105 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen instead Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section 1 PREV Previous Press this pushbutton to go to the beginning of the current track if more than eight seconds have played TRACK and the track number will appear on the display If this pushbutton is held or pressed more than once the player will continue moving backward through the CD 2 NEXT Press this pushbutton to go to the next track TRACK and the track numbe
207. e pedal down firmly and let anti lock work for you You may feel the brakes vibrate or you may notice some noise but this is normal Braking in Emergencies With anti lock brakes you can steer and brake at the same time In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Road Sensing Suspension The Road Sensing Suspension RSS feature provides superior vehicle ride and handling under a variety of passenger and loading conditions The system is fully automatic and uses a computer controller to continuously monitor vehicle speed wheel to body position lift dive and steering position of the vehicle The controller then sends signals to each shock absorber to independently adjust the damping level to provide the optimum vehicle ride RSS also interacts with the tow haul mode that when engaged will provide additional control of the shock absorbers This additional control results in better ride and handling characteristics when the vehicle is loaded or towing a trailer See Tow Haul Mode under Towing a Trailer on page 4 53 StabiliTrak System Your vehicle is equipped with StabiliTrak which combines antilock brake traction and stability control systems and helps the driver maintain directional control of the vehicle in most driving conditions When you first start your vehicle and begin to drive away the system performs several diagnostic checks to insure there are no problems You m
208. e remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce any additional rights you may have Canadian owners refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet for information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephon
209. e seat cushion and flip the seat cushion forward 4 Regular models Push the seatback forward until it is flat Extended models On the passenger side lift the lever at the base of the seat to release the seatback Push the seatback forward until it is flat If the seatback cannot fold flat because it interferes with the cushion try moving the front seat forward and or bring the front seatback more upright Once the seatbacks are folded forward on extended models only the rear seat footwell area will be exposed and will have to be covered by the load floor panels To create a load floor do the following 1 Release the panels from the seatbacks by pushing forward on the latches 2 Fold the panels back to cover the rear seat footwell area Returning the Seats to the Normal Seating Position To return the seat to the normal seating position do the following 1 On extended models lift the load floor panels and latch them into the seatback A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 2 Lift the seatback up and push it rearward all the way Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place 3 On regular models return the headrests to the upright position On extended models return the headrests from the stored position to
210. e temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment may need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced See your dealer for proper diagnosis 5 75 Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer will Know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new GM original equipment part
211. e will help you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts 5 105 Service Parts Identification Label You will find this label on the inside of the glove box It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts On this label you will find the following e VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle 5 106 Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Don t add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage wouldn t be covered by your warranty Some add on elecirical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 86 Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by an internal circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow etc the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem and not snow etc be sure to get it fixed Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the p
212. eats If your vehicle has the heated seat feature the buttons are located on the front doors If your vehicle has heated and cooled seats see Heated and Cooled Seats on page 1 5 The engine must be running for the heated seats to work To heat the entire seat press the horizontal button with the heated seat and seatback symbol Press the button to cycle through the temperature settings of high medium and low and to turn the heated seat off Indicator lights will be lit to designate the level of heat selected three for high two for medium and one for low To heat only the seatback press the vertical button with the heated seatback symbol An indicator light on the seatback button will be lit to designate that only the seatback is being heated Additional presses of the seatback button will cycle through the heat levels for the seatback only Press the horizontal button again to heat the whole seat The heated front seats will be canceled after the ignition is turned off If you still want to use the heated front seat feature after you restart your vehicle you will need to press the heated seat button again Your vehicle also has heated rear seats See Heated Seats on page 1 10 under Rear Seats Heated and Cooled Seats o Your vehicle may be equipped with this feature The buttons used to control this feature are located on the instrument panel under the radio Ok G With the heated and
213. ecommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly re adjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the rear tires 5 77 If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible 5 78 A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment a
214. ed Assume that pedestrians or other Please start with a very important safety device in your drivers are going to be careless and make vehicle Buckle up See Safety Belts They Are for mistakes Anticipate what they might do and Everyone on page 1 28 be ready Rear end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents Yet they are common Allow enough following distance Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on the driving task Anything that distracts from the driving task makes proper defensive driving more difficult and can even cause a Collision with resulting injury Ask a passenger to help do these things or pull off the road in a safe place to do them These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunken Driving Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national tragedy It is the number one contributor to the highway death toll claiming thousands of victims every year Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle e Judgment e Muscular Coordination e Vision e Attentiveness Police records show that almost half of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 16 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with more than 300 000 people injured Many adults by some estimates
215. ed it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked Return the seat to the normal seating position when finished Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place Heated Seats If your vehicle has this feature the buttons used to control this feature are located on the back of the center console The engine must be running for the heated seat feature to work To heat the seat cushion press the button to cycle through the temperature settings of high and low Press the button a third time to turn the feature off An indicator light will glow for each heat setting when the feature is operating The heated rear seats will shut off automatically when the ignition is turned off Heated and Cooled Seats Your vehicle may be equipped with this feature The buttons used to control this feature are located on the back of the center console With the heated and cooled seats you can choose high medium or low heat or cool settings The seats will only operate either in the heat or cool mode for example you cannot cool the seat cushion while heating the seatback An amber light will flash when a setting cannot be selected To operate the heated and cooled seats do the following 1 Press the red heat button A or the blue cool button B 2 Choose one of the following
216. ed 3 47 Tow Haul Mode eceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeenees 3 48 Traction Off weiter iccecanenegcanededamendeneamatedecescancts 3 41 Lighting ENYEK enan aghtionteacanterehemansnt 3 19 Loading Your Vehicle sisrnsisiirina 4 46 Lockout Protection sss isi ecteeaincesaeaneneaperenctenecenss 2 10 Locks Delayed Locking cc eneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 2 9 DOOF zaiena meres etter rete ane ener tet 2 8 Lockout Protection smacis a e 2 10 Power DOOP eers thcane dened es cialaimiannede ee ineaes 2 9 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 10 Rear Door Security LOCKS eeeeeeeeeee ees 2 10 Loss Of Control ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeneeeeeneees 4 16 Low Fuel Warning Light a oa 3 49 Luggage Carrier esien muscis ninaiona iieii nini 2 43 Lumbar Power Controls lt iscccuchivesulasindeeie ee 1 4 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services eeeeeeeee 6 6 At Each Fuel Fill eiccne aea 6 9 At Least Once a Month cccccceeeeeee es 6 10 At Least Once a Year ccc cece cceceee ee eaeeeeeees 6 10 ITFOGUCTION caiete e a aaia eaat 6 2 Maintenance Footnotes cccccceeeeeeseeeeeees 6 7 Maintenance Schedule cont Maintenance Record sceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 17 Maintenance Requirements eeeeeeee ees 6 2 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 15 Owner Checks and Services eceeeeeeeees 6 9 Recommend
217. ed Fluids and Lubricants 6 13 Scheduled Maintenance cceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 4 USING erreien a ie aoncauteerea decrees 6 3 Your Vehicle and the Environment 5 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Light ceecee 3 44 Memory Seat cccsccccelicectceeeSidegeediaceiistrealsas ters 2 47 Message DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 54 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview with Compass 2 32 Automatic Dimming Rearview with OnStar ANd COMPASS caracois aan aiani 2 28 Automatic Dimming Rearview with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display 2 29 Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror with Curb VIEW ASSISI orean erreen OTT 2 36 Outside Convex Mirror cccececeeeeeeeeeeaes 2 35 Outside Heated Mirrors ccccceeeeeeeeeeeee 2 35 Outside Power Mirrors ccceceseeeeeeeeeeaee 2 34 MYyGMLink COM cceceeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 3 N Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens New Vehicle Break In Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Odometer Odometer Trip Off Road Driving s ciesenetatided alte ide Ucn eda cent aiani Off Road RECOVETY ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee teers Oil ENGINE nains dels ied yededistemanrenaceaeiesgeaiesees Pressure Gage ceeceeeeeceeceeeeeee ects eeeeen ees Oil Engine Oil Life System Older Children Restraints Online Owner Center OnStar System see OnStar
218. ed in different ways For proper type and length see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 15 5 56 To replace the windshield wiper blade assembly do the following 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires CJ TIN are dangerous joo e Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much friction You could have an air out and a M serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your tires are cold See 3 Push the new wiper blade securely on the wiper Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 64 2 Push the release lever B to disengage the hook and push the wiper arm A out of the blade C arm until you hear the release lever click into Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut place punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Tires Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your GM Warra
219. ed with the windshield washer symbol at the top of the multifunction lever To spray washer fluid on the windshield push the paddle The wipers will clear the window and then either stop or return to your preset speed A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision Rear Window Wiper Washer A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision If your vehicle has a rear window washer wiper this knob is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel To turn the rear wiper on turn the knob to either 1 or 2 For long delayed wiping turn the knob to 1 For short delayed wiping turn the knob to 2 O Off To turn the wiper off turn the knob to this symbol 6 Washer Fluid To wash the window press the knob with this symbol The rear window washer uses the same fluid bottle as the windshield washer However the rear window washer will run out of fluid before the windshield washer If you can wash your windshield but not your rear windows check the fluid level Cruise Control Off This position turns the system off On This position activates the system Resume Accelerate Push the lever to this symbol to make the vehicle accel
220. eeceeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeee een ees 3 69 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 0008 3 103 Care of Your Cassette Tape Player 3 104 Care of Your CD and DVD Player 3 105 Care of Your CDs and DVDs 3 105 CD Ohanga sc acksssscros Sncansestnaecatsdataasaued tapers 3 99 Audio System s cont Chime Level Adjustment c eeseeeeeeee es 3 106 Diversity Antenna System 0ceeeeeeeeeeees 3 106 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Maral sasien aE ccmoennemoneys 3 86 Radio with Cassette and CD 3 71 Rear Seat Audio RSA ceeeeeeeneeeeee eens 3 97 Setting the TMG s wsicieactsceese nieces cane aees 3 70 Theft Deterrent Feature seeeeeeneeeees 3 102 Understanding Radio Reception 3 103 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 106 Automatic Headlamp System 3 17 Automatic Transmission PUIG aneao a E 5 19 Joliga iio p MESA E 2 20 Battery eson inane a E ES 5 37 Run Down Protection cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 19 Before Leaving on a Long Trip eeeeeeeee 4 36 Bench Sat rsson an atk nates 1 19 Bench Seat Split 50 50 1 0 00 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 1 14 Bench Seat Split 60 40 eeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 1 11 Brake Anti Lock Brake System ABS ceecee 4 7 EM IQOnCleS oneei piena 4 8 Parking exientecetecsetersceiiaatea AA 2 23 System Warning Light c eeeeeeeeeeeeee nn 3 39
221. eets federal motor vehicle safety standards Then follow the instructions for the restraint You may find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both 1 55 Securing an Add on Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual 1 56 To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 59 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to pro
222. el and add fuid as needed O To oo Check transfer case fluid level and add fuid as needed O O o Sd Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services i ares 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 41500 83000 125 000 166 000 207500 240 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Vehicles without a filter restriction indicator Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 16 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter normal service Change transfer case fluid See footnote m Inspect evaporative control system An Emission Control Service See footnotes and 9 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter Severe service See footnote h Additional Required Services cont d ae 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 41500 83000 125 000 166 000 207500 240 000 Replace spark plugs and inspect spark plug wires An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Contro
223. el opening Pull the tire out from under the vehicle 15 Turn the wheel wrench in the hoist shaft hole in the bumper clockwise to raise the cable back up if the cable is hanging under the vehicle Have the hoist assembly inspected as soon as you can You will not be able to store a spare or flat tire using the hoist assembly until it has been replaced To continue changing the flat tire see Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire on page 5 83 5 92 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place Notice Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat tire under your vehicle for an extended period of time or with the valve stem pointing up may damage the wheel Always stow the wheel with the valve stem pointing down and have the wheel tire repaired as soon as possible Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle in the spare 1 Put the tire on the ground at the rear of the vehicle tire carrier Use the art and text following to help you with the valve stem pointed down and to the rear 2 Tilt the retainer downward and through the wheel opening Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel A Spare Tire G Hoist Shaft Valve Stem Access Hole Pointed Down H
224. elp protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We at General Motors want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You may drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you may drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You may use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you may drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You may need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your GM Goodwrench dealer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the tire and loading information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e are driven off road in the recommended manner See Off Road Driving on page 4 17 e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 4 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further information A CAUTION
225. emarker parking lamps roof marker lamps and the instrument panel lights The radio lights will also be dim To turn off the automatic headlamp system turn the exterior lamps switch to the off position and then release Turning off the automatic headlamp system with the headlamp switch is not available for vehicles first sold in Canada For vehicles first sold in Canada you can turn off the automatic headlamp system when parked at night by applying the parking brake before starting your vehicle The headlamps will remain off once the vehicle is started for as long as you are parked If you release the parking brake the lights will turn on If the parking brake is not released before you begin to drive the exterior lamps will turn on above 2 mph 3 2 km h Your vehicle has a light sensor located on the top of the instrument panel Be sure it is not covered or the system will be on whenever the ignition is on The system may also turn on your headlamps when driving through a parking garage heavy overcast weather or a tunnel This is normal There is a delay in the transition between the daytime and nighttime operation of the Daytime Running Lamps DRL and the automatic headlamp systems so that driving under bridges or bright overhead street lights does not affect the system The DRL and automatic headlamp system will only be affected when the light sensor sees a change in lighting lasting longer than the delay If you start your
226. en towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working 4 62 Driving On Grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well You can tow in DRIVE D You may want to shift the transmission to THIRD 8 or if necessary a lower gear selection if the transmission shifts too often e g under heavy loads and or hilly conditions You may also want to activate the tow haul mode if the transmission shifts too often See Tow Haul Mode earlier When towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades consider the following Engine coolant at or near sea level will boil at a lower temperature than at higher altitudes If you turn your engine off immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades your vehicle may show signs similar to engine overheating To avoid this let the engine run while parked preferably on level ground with the automatic transmission in PARK P for at least five minutes before turning the engine off If you do get the overheat warning see Engine Overheating on page 5 24 Parking on Hills A CAUTI
227. ent required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 GM of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Service Cadillac s exceptional Roadside Service is more than an auto club or towing service It provides every Cadillac owner with the advantage of contacting a Cadillac advisor and where available a Cadillac trained dealer technician who can provide on site service Each technician travels with a specially equipped service vehicle complete with the necessary Cadillac parts and tools required to handle most roadside repairs Cadillac Roadside Service can be reached by dialing 1 800 882 1112 24 hours a day 365 days a year This service is provided at no charge for any situation covered by the base warranty coverage and ata nominal charge if the Cadillac is no longer covered by the base warranty Roadside Service is available only in the United States and Canada Cadillac Owner Privileges Roadside Service provides several Cadillac Owner Privileges at no charge throughout your Cadillac Warranty Period 48 months 50
228. er can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the GAWR for either the front or rear axle And if you do have a heavy load you should spread it out A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle 4 50 Your warranty does not cover parts or components that fail because of overloading The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your truck can carry Using heavier suspension components to get added durability might not change your weight ratings Ask your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right way If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the cargo area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so tha
229. er for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Cadillac refer to the addresses below United States Customer Assistance Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Car Division P O Box 33169 Detroit MI 48232 5169 www Cadillac com 1 800 458 8006 1 800 833 2622 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 882 1112 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 7 4 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 1 888 446 2000 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 882 1112 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipm
230. erate or resume to a previously set speed w Set Press this button to set the speed With cruise control you can maintain a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph 40 km h If you apply your brakes the cruise control will shut off A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause needless wheel spinning and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control 1 Move the cruise control switch to on 2 Get up to the speed you want 3 Press in the set button at the end of the lever and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal The cruise light on the y instrument panel will illuminate when the cruise control is engaged Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake
231. erch discos tere eis 5 43 All Wheel Drive AWD System 4 12 Analog ClOCK eaei innen enaena EE i a 3 23 Antenna Diversity Antenna System 3 106 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna System Anti Lock Brake System ABS aaeeei 4 7 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 3 40 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 102 Care of Safety Belts 1 0 0 0 eceeeeeeeeeee neces 5 100 Chemical Paint Spotting eeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 104 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 5 101 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 5 97 Fabric Carpet iaar attagctansana diese aa ia 5 99 Finish Care vice sieaccuessaanencbeaay ed adenaendeccteee toes 5 101 Finish Damage witsvesagiiesdecketitieostestees aoseeies 5 103 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES eiei ia E R Ea 5 100 beather noiro ene a OEA 5 99 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 103 Speaker Covers irischer teea anias 5 100 TIMES ionis aaan a AEO 5 103 Underbody Maintenance sassen 5 103 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 104 Washing Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeee eee eee es 5 101 WeatherstlipS 22 dscc aervezei ses vite nieces aadereenne 5 100 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades 5 102 Wood Panels scccccciiesisaddeosctstanetecdieacd awe 5 100 ASHIPAY S s ccsastanscaiens i tetestaledends Sncacuontnacesaecdsam 3 23 Audio System S c
232. es ative nedevneees 5 72 GRAINS sasceseccsnvaciestutadehaauseadtecagadieussehaateentees 5 77 Changing a Flat Tire cceeeeeeeeeeeeeneee eens 5 78 GICANING s aecccsatenc at acces sieaeteet ane tecaceerecaads 5 103 Different Size 0 cece cee ee cee eeeeeeec eee eeeeeeeeeees 5 73 If a Tire Goes Flat ccceeeeeeeneee teeters 5 78 Inflation Tire Pressure accenn 5 64 Inspection and Rotation eeeeeeeee eee 5 70 Installing the Spare Tire cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 83 Pressure Monitor System 0 eceeeeeeeeeee ees 5 66 Removing the Flat Tire 0ceeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 83 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 80 Secondary Latch System seeeeeeee rece 5 89 Spate TINE rsrs ae AEA 5 97 Tires cont Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 92 Tire Sidewall Labeling ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 58 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 62 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ceeeeees 5 74 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 75 Wheel Replacement cseeeeeeeerererees 5 76 When It Is Time for New Tires accenn 5 71 Tow Haul MOd sisi iisi rienatas dense ne 2 23 Tow Haul Mode Light cceeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 48 Towing Recreational Vehicle eeeeeeeeeerereeees 4 52 TOWING a Traller wii ecehciek goncaw adden See vases ea senonele 4 53 NOUR Vehe isi
233. ess and release the Learn or Smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer You will have 30 seconds to start Step 8 8 Return to the vehicle Firmly press and hold the programmed Universal Home Remote button for two seconds then release Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time and depending on the brand of the garage door opener or other rolling code device repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming The Universal Home Remote should now activate your rolling code equipped device To program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons begin with Step 2 of Programming Universal Home Remote You do not want to repeat Step 1 as this will erase all previous programming from the Universal Home Remote buttons Gate Operator and Canadian Programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission This may not be long enough for Universal Home Remote to pick up the signal during programming Similarly some U S gate operators are manufactured to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulty programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Programming Universal Home Remote procedures regardless of where you live replace Step 3 under Programming Universal Home Remote with the following Continue to press and hold the Un
234. essure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Inflation Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 64 5 62 Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire
235. ething is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering Do not let seat covers block the inflation path of a side impact airbag 1 78 When Should an Airbag Inflate The driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes But they are designed to inflate only if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds take into account a variety of desired deployment and non deployment events and are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags which adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle is equipped with electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts thes
236. ever position e The ignition should turn to LOCK only when the shift lever is in PARK P e The key should come out only in LOCK Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service is required Parking Brake and Automatic Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing Transmission Park P Mechanism Check downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With Z CAUTION the engine running and transmission in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from i i g the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is When you are doing this check your vehicle held by the parking brake only could begin to move You or others could be g e To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the brake regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Usage ____FluidLubricant j GM Power Steering Fluid Lubricants ee GM Par
237. ew Mirror Automatic Dimming with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display Reclining Seatbacks ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eees Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Recovery HOOKS mros Recreational Vehicle Towing Remote Keyless Entry System eeeeeeeeneeee Remote Keyless Entry System Operation Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tite tecsidcccssgiacceetesenieedareeacueaatinee Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 4 Replacement Bulbs ceceeeseceeeeeeeeeeeees Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government seceseeeeeeeeeeeeees General Motors cecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees United States Government eeeeeeeee ees Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash Retained Accessory Power RAP ecce Right Front Passenger Position Safety Belts 1 41 Road Sensing Suspension ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 9 Roadside EE DLE E EAE TET TE 7 5 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 4 44 Routing Engine Drive Belt annene 6 16 Running the Engine While Parked 4 2 27 Safety Belt Reminder Light sic ccdiceccetcicancencsteccnteeseeecnoes 3 34 Safety Belts Care Of ecne en ea aE Ri 5 100 Center Rear Passenger Position 1 44 Driven POSIION 2 2 cee lis terme e a 1 34 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
238. exterior lamps The exterior lamp control has four positions O Off Turn the knob to this position and release it to turn off all exterior lamps including the DRL To turn any lamps back on when in the off mode turn the knob to the desired lamp mode To return to the AUTO mode turn the knob to the off position and release it The off or AUTO mode will also cancel and the lamps will return to the AUTO when the vehicle is turned off This mode is not available for vehicles sold in Canada AUTO Turn the control to this position to put the system into automatic headlamp mode The Daytime Running Lamps DRL will also be activated if it is light enough outside 300 Parking Lamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the parking lamps together with the following e Sidemarker Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights 3 15 ZD Headlamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the headlamps together with the previously listed lamps and lights When the vehicle is turned off and the headlamps are in AUTO the headlamps may automatically remain on for a set time You can change this delay time using the DIC See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 50 You can switch your headlamps from low to high beam by pushing the turn signal multifunction lever toward the instrument panel Headlamps on Reminder If a door is open a reminder chime will sound when your headlamps or
239. f If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 70 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer 1 84 The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag de
240. f one of the following occurs e After approximately five seconds the display does not show a compass heading N for North for example there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Such interference may be caused by a magnetic antenna mount magnetic note pad holder or a similar magnetic item e The compass does not display the correct heading and the compass zone variance is set correctly In order to calibrate CAL must be displayed in the mirror compass windows If CAL is not displayed push the on off button for approximately 12 seconds or until CAL is displayed The compass can be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display reads a direction 2 31 Passenger Airbag Indicator The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger airbag indicator on the mirror glass just above the buttons For more information see Passenger Sensing System on page 1 82 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 36 Cleaning the Mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with Compass Your vehicle may have an automatic dimming rearview mirror with a compass 2 32 Mirror Operation When turned on this mirror automatically dims to the proper level to minimize
241. f this happens the mirrors need to be reset See Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors next Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors The power folding mirrors will need to be reset if e They are accidently manually folded unfolded e The mirrors will not stay in the unfolded position e The mirrors shake and flutter at normal driving speeds To reset the power folding mirrors fold and unfold them at least three times using the mirror controls This will reset them to their normal detent position Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger s side mirror is convex A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver s seat It makes things in the mirror appear farther away than they really are Outside Heated Mirrors Press this button to warm the driver s and passenger s outside rearview mirrors to help clear them of ice snow and condensation The button to turn the heated mirrors on or off is located on the climate control panel See Rear Window Defogger under Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 3 24 for more information 2 35 Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror with Curb View Assist Your vehicle may have thi
242. face under the tires even more See StabiliTrak System on page 4 9 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 44 and Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 44 Your Anti Lock Brake System ABS improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Even though you have ABS you will want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement See Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 4 7 e Allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches may appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers 4 41 If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe e Turn on your hazard flashers e Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stop
243. fog lamps Instrument Panel Brightness The thumbwheel for this feature is located next to the exterior lamps control ee Instrument Panel Lights Turn the thumbwheel up or down to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights and the radio display This will only work if the headlamps or parking lamps are on To turn on the dome lamps with the vehicle doors closed turn the thumbwheel all the way up Dome Lamps The dome lamps will come on when you open a door and will turn off when all doors are closed You can also turn the dome lamps on by turning the thumbwheel located next to the exterior lamp control all the way up In this position the dome lamps will remain on whether a door is opened or closed A Dome Override Press this button located below the exterior lamp control to turn dome lamps off even while a door is opened To return the lamps to automatic operation press the button again and it will return to the out position In this position the dome lamps will come on when you open a door Entry Exit Lighting Your vehicle is equipped with an illuminated entry exit feature When a door is opened or the key is removed from the ignition the dome lamps will come on if the dome override button is in the out position Reading Lamps If your vehicle has reading lamps press the button located next to the lamp to turn it on or off The lamps can be adjusted to point in the direction you want Your vehi
244. fore moving out of the right lane to pass When you are far enough ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your inside mirror activate your right lane change signal and move back into the right lane Remember that if your passenger side outside mirror is convex the vehicle you just passed may seem to be farther away from you than it really is Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two lane roads Reconsider before passing the next vehicle Do not overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly Even though the brake lamps are not flashing it may be slowing down or starting to turn If you are being passed make it easy for the following driver to get ahead of you Perhaps you can ease a little to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid your wheels are not rolling
245. ge will read 210 F 100 C or less If you are pulling a load or going up hills it is normal for the temperature to fluctuate and approach the 250 F 122 C mark If the gage reaches the 260 F 125 C mark it indicates that the cooling system is working beyond its capacity See Engine Overheating on page 5 24 3 42 Transmission Temperature Gage 300 United States Canada Your vehicle is equipped with a transmission temperature gage When your ignition is on the gage shows the temperature of the transmission fluid The normal operating range is from 180 F 82 C to about 200 F 93 C At approximately 265 F 130 C the DIC will display a TRANSMISSION HOT message and the transmission will enter a transmission protection mode When the transmission enters the protection mode you may notice a change in the transmission shifting patterns The transmission will return to normal shifting patterns when the transmission fluid temperature falls below 260 F 127 C See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 50 for further information If the transmission fluid reaches temperatures of approximately 275 F 135 C or greater the DIC will display a TRANS HOT IDLE ENGINE warning message and a chime will sound Pull the vehicle off the roadway when it is safe to do so Set the parking brake place the transmission in PARK P and allow the engine to idle until the transmission temperature falls below 260 F 1
246. gt Next Track Chapter Press this button to advance to the beginning of the next track or chapter This button may not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews 3 94 Battery Replacement To change the batteries do the following 1 Remove the battery compartment door located on the bottom of the remote control 2 Replace the two AA batteries in the compartment Make sure that they are installed correctly using the diagram on the inside of the battery compartment 3 Close the battery door securely If the remote control is to be stored for a long period of time remove the batteries and keep them in a cool dry place Recommended Action No power Disc will not play The picture does not fill the screen There are black borders on the top and bottom or on both sides or it looks stretched out The disc was ejected but it was pulled back into the DVD player The ignition might not be in on or accessory The parental control button might have been turned on The power indicator light will flash The system might be off The parental control button might have been turned on The power indicator light will flash The system might be in auxiliary mode The disc is upside down or is not compatible Check the display mode settings in the display menu The disc is being stored in the DVD player Press the eject button again to eject the disc Recommended Action
247. h 15 mm to 40 mm below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the rear axle Add only enough fluid to reach the proper level What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Front Axle When to Check and Change Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check front axle fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem Have it inspected and repaired How to Check Lubricant To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be ona level surface If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the front axle you may need to add some lubricant e When the differential is cold add enough lubricant to raise the level from 1 2 inch 12 mm to about 5 8 inch 18 mm below the filler plug hole e When the differential is at operating temperature warm add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 5 45 Headlamp Aiming Your vehicle has a visual optical headlamp aiming system equipped with horizontal aim indicators The aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment This is true even though your horizon
248. h You may have spare fuses located behind the fuse Special Eguibment Option block access door These can be used to replace a bad SEO ACCY pene p p ia y fuse However make sure it is of the correct amperage WS WPR Windshield Wipers Truck Body Controller IGN 3 Rear Heated Seats Module Air Suspension 5 108 HTR A C Climate Control System Vehicle Stoplamps Brake Power Door Lock Relay VEH STOP Module Electronic Throttle Inside Rearview Mirror RT TRLR ST TRN Right Turn Signal Stop Trailer HVAC 1 Climate Control System Right Turn Signals and RT TRN Sid k LT DR Driver s Door Harness IGE Markel Connection BODY CRUISE Cruise Control Driver Door Module UNLCK Power Door Lock Relay Instrument Panel Outlets Unlock Function AUX PWR 2 M GATE Rear Cargo Area Power RR FOG LP Not Used Outlets BRAKE Brake Switch LCKS Rear Doors and Liftgate Power Lock Relay Feed Power Door Lock Relay DRIVER UNLCK Driver s Door Unlock ECC TPM Liftgate Tire Pressure Function Monitoring System Brake Transmission Shift TBC 2C Truck Body Controller IGN 0 Interlock Powertrain Control HAZRD Flasher Module Module Transmission Left Rear Power Window TBC IGN 0 Truck Body Controller CB LT DRS Circuit Breaker and Driver Vehicle and Trailer High Door Module VEH CHMSL Mounted Stoplamp TBC 2B Truck Body Controller LT TRLR ST TRN Left Turn Signal Stop Trailer TBC 2A Truck Body Controller Left Turn Signals and 5 109 Center Instrument P
249. halt Chrome Cleaner and Use on chrome or Polish stainless steel White Sidewall Tire Removes soil and black Cleaner marks from whitewalls Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl Removes dirt grime Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints Removes dirt and grime Sue and Wire Wheel from chrome wheels and wire wheel covers Removes dust fingerprints and surface contaminants Spray on and wipe off Removes swirl marks fine Swirl Remover Polish scratches and other light surface contamination Removes light scratches Finish Enhancer Description Usae Vehicle Identification Foaming Tire Shine Low Gloss Wash Wax Concentrate Spot Lifter Odor Eliminator Cleans shines and tects i tep ais P Mone natera aiy Vehicle Identification Number VIN Medium foaming shampoo Cleans and ea Ga 2 SAMPLE4UX1M072675 phosphate free dib e Quickly removes spots and stains from carpets vinyl and cloth upholstery Odorless spray odor This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on eliminator used on fabrics a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on vinyl leather and carpet the driver s side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This cod
250. hat will only appear when a DVD is playing The format and content of this function will vary for each disc Fast Reverse Press this button to fast reverse the DVD or CD To stop fast reversing press this button again This button may not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews SRCE Source Press this button to switch between the DVD player and an auxiliary source HM Stop Press this button to stop playing rewinding or fast forwarding a DVD or CD Press this button twice to return to the beginning of the DVD ka Previous Track Chapter Press this button to return to the start of the current track or chapter Press this button again to return to the previous track or chapter This button may not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews 1 through 0 Numeric Keypad The numeric keypad provides the capability of direct chapter title and track number selection 10 Double Digit Entries Press the button to select chapter title and track numbers greater than 9 Press this button before inputting the number amp Clear Press this button within three seconds after inputting a number to clear the number s 3 Illumination Press this button to turn the remote control backlight on The backlight will time out after about 7 to 10 seconds if no other button is pressed while the backlight is on Main DVD Menu Press this button to access the
251. he bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb Near 8 OF SY I package a G A Low Beam D High Beam Headlamp Headlamp B Daytime Running E Front Parking Turn Lamp DRL Signal Lamp C Sidemarker Lamp 5 50 To replace a headlamp bulb do the following 1 Open the hood of the vehicle See Hood Release on page 5 9 for more information Se AA SALY 4 Pull the top left or right corner of the grill out so the clips release This will give you the needed clearance for removing the headlamp assembly 2 Pry up the eight fastener plugs on the radiator cover and pull the fasteners out 3 Lift off the radiator cover 5 51 5 Remove the horizontal pin from the headlamp assembly by lifting the end of the pin upward until it unsnaps and then pulling it toward the center of the vehicle 5 52 6 Remove the vertical pin from the headlamp assembly by turning the end of the pin away from you until it unsnaps and then pulling it upward 7 Remove the headlamp assembly by lifting it up and then pulling it out and away from the front of the vehicle 8 Disconnect the electrical connector from the lower corner of the headlamp assembly This will give you better access to the headlamp assembly 10 11 12 N Y OZ Se 9 Remove the rubber circular shaped bulb cap of the affected bulb from the headlamp assembly T
252. he engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 10 for more information on location 1 Flip the handle up and then pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel 5 20 2 Push it back in all the way wait three seconds and then pull it back out again au GS Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower level The fluid level must be in the COLD area below the cross hatched area for a cold check or in the HOT or cross hatched area for a hot check Be sure to keep the dipstick pointed down to get an accurate reading If the fluid level is in the acceptable range push the dipstick back in all the way then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place Consistency of Readings Always check the fluid level at least twice using the procedure described previously Consistency repeatable readings is important to maintaining proper fluid level If inconsistent readings persist check the transmission breather hose to be sure it is clean and unclogged If readings are still inconsistent contact your dealer How to Add Automatic Transmission Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transmission fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Add fluid only after checking the transmission fluid while it is hot A cold check is used only as a reference If the fluid level is low
253. he message and clear it from the DIC display SERVICE STABILITY If you ever see the SERVICE STABILITY message it means there may be a problem with your StabiliTrak system If you see this message try to reset the system Stop turn off the engine then start the engine again 3 60 If the SERVICE STABILITY message still comes on it means there is a problem You should see your GM dealer for service The vehicle is safe to drive however you do not have the benefit of StabiliTrak so reduce your speed and drive accordingly For more information on the StabiliTrak system see StabiliTrak System on page 4 9 SERVICE TIRE MONITOR This message will be displayed if any of the tire monitor sensors have malfunctioned if the tire monitor sensors have not been programmed or if the recommended tire pressures are not programmed See your GM dealer for service Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display STABILITY SYS System ACTIVE You may see the STABILITY SYS ACTIVE message on the DIC It means that an advanced computer controlled system has come on to help your vehicle continue to go in the direction in which you are steering For more information on the StabiliTrak system see StabiliTrak System on page 4 9 STABILITY SYS System DISABLED The STABILITY SYS DISABLED message will turn on when you press the StabiliTrak but
254. he repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil Security Light This light will come on briefly when you turn the key toward START The light will stay on until the engine starts If the light flashes the Passlock system has entered a tamper mode If the vehicle fails to start see Passlock on page 2 16 If the light comes on continuously while driving and stays on there may be a problem with the Passlock system Your vehicle will not be protected by Passlock and you should see your dealer Also see Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 14 for additional information regarding the security light 3 47 Cruise Control Light This light comes on a whenever you set your cruise control The light will go out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 3 12 for more information Highbeam On Light This light will come on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 9 Tow Haul Mode Light This light is displayed when the tow haul mode has been activated For more information see Tow Haul Mode under Towing a Trailer on page 4 53 Fuel Gage Here are some situations you may experience with your fuel gage None of these indicate a problem with the fuel gage e At the gas station the fuel pump shuts off before the gage reads full Q vA e It takes a l
255. he tire s sidewall in small letters near the rim flange It will read something like this Maximum load 690 kg 1521 Ibs 300 kPa 44 psi Max Press For this example you would set the inflation pressure for high speed driving at 38 psi 265 kPa Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels If your vehicle has this feature sensors are mounted on each tire and wheel assembly except the spare tire The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle The TPMS is designed to alert the driver if a low tire pressure condition exists This system also allows the driver to check tire pressure levels using the Driver Information Center DIC When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS displays the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning message on the DIC and at the same time illuminates the low tire pressure warning symbol For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 50 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 54 You may notice during cooler weather conditions that the tire pressure monitor light located on the instrument panel cluster and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE message will appear when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive the vehicle This
256. he wheels can leave the ground If this happens even with one or two wheels you cannot control the vehicle as well or at all Because you will be on an unpaved surface it is especially important to avoid sudden acceleration sudden turns or sudden braking In a way off road driving requires a different kind of alertness from driving on paved roads and highways There are no road signs posted speed limits or signal lights You have to use your own good judgment about what is safe and what is not Drinking and driving can be very dangerous on any road And this is certainly true for off road driving At the very time you need special alertness and driving skills your reflexes perceptions and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You could have a serious or even fatal accident if you drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking See Drunken Driving on page 4 3 Driving on Off Road Hills Off road driving often takes you up down or across a hill Driving safely on hills requires good judgment and understanding of what your vehicle can and cannot do There are some hills that simply cannot be driven no matter how well built the vehicle A CAUTION Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you will stall If you drive down them you cannot control your speed If you drive across them you will roll over You could be seriously injured or killed If y
257. helpful to have another person available to assist you in the programming steps Keep the original hand held transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future Universal Home Remote programming It is also recommended that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed Universal Home Remote buttons should be erased for security purposes See Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons later in this section or for assistance see Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 4 Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or gate operator you are programming When programming a garage door it is advised to park outside of the garage It is recommended that a new battery be installed in your hand held transmitter for quicker and more accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal Programming Universal Home Remote Follow these steps to program up to three channels 1 Press and hold down the two outside Universal Home Remote buttons releasing only when the Universal Home Remote indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not hold down the buttons for longer than 30 seconds and do not repeat this step to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons 2 39 2 Position the end of your hand held transmitter about 1 to 3 inches 3 to 8 cm away from the Universal Home Remote buttons while keeping the indicator light in view Simultaneous
258. hen pull the belt across you more slowly 3 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder part 1 42 A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body S GAAT Cii SY The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or a crash 1 43 Center Rear Passenger Position Second Row Lap Shoulder Belt When you sit in the center position of a second row bench seat you have a lap shoulder belt which works the same way as the rear outside seat positions To learn how to wear this belt see Lap Shoulder Belt under Rear Outside Passenger Positions on page 1 41 Third Row Lap Belt When you sit in the center position of a third row bench seat you have a lap safety belt which has no 1 44 re
259. hen the indicator light may be too dim to see To use your cupholder adjust the interior lights to a brighter setting To use the rear cupholders pull down on the door located on the back of the console Your rear seat armrest if equipped may also contain cupholders Instrument Panel Storage Area Your vehicle may have a closed storage area on the instrument panel above the compact disc changer You can open the storage area by pressing in the bottom of the lid and the lid will automatically raise up Press down on the lid to close the storage area Center Console Storage Area Your vehicle has a console compartment between the bucket seats To open it press the button on the side of the console and swing the console lid open The console may be equipped with an accessory power outlet inside See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 22 The rear of the console also has a cupholder that swings down for the rear seat passengers to use Luggage Carrier You can load things on top of your vehicle if it has this feature The luggage carrier has slats and siderails attached to the roof and may have crossrails which can be moved back and forth to help secure cargo Tie the load to the siderails or siderail supports Notice Loading cargo on the luggage carrier that weighs more than 200 Ibs 91 kg or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage your vehicle Load cargo so that it rests on the slats as far forwa
260. hicle settings menu and customize the personal settings on your vehicle 1 Select Press this button to reset certain DIC functions and set your customization settings Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge DIC messages and clear them from the DIC display DIC Operation and Displays The Driver Information Center DIC comes on when the ignition is on After a short delay the DIC will display the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off The DIC has different modes which can be accessed by pressing the four DIC buttons located on the steering wheel These buttons are trip information fuel information customization and select The button functions are detailed in the following pages Trip Information Button ZS Trip Information Press the trip information button to scroll through the ODOMETER TRIP A TRIP B TIRE PRESSURES TIMER and ENGINE HOURS Odometer Press the trip information button until ODOMETER appears on the display This mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles or kilometers Pressing the reset stem located on the instrument cluster with the vehicle off will also display the odometer Trip A Press the trip information button until TRIP A appears on the display This mode shows the current distance traveled since the last reset for TRIP A in either miles or kilometers Trip B Press the trip infor
261. hildren LATCH on page 1 59 The center seat position in the third row has a lap belt Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Make the belt as long as possible by tilting the latch 4 plate and pulling it along the belt 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 3 Run the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how a Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to To tighten the belt pull its free end while you push down on the child restraint If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 1 69 6 If your child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 59 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint if the top tether is attached to the top tether anchor disconnect it Unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt It will be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger Securing a Child
262. hments or top tether anchors and attachments Lower Anchors Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments B 1 59 Top Tether Anchor A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash 1 60 Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor Some top tether equipped child restraints are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached In the United States some child restraints also have a top tether Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations Second Row Bucket 2 T
263. ich will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining Some commercial truck tires may not have treadwear indicators You need a new tire if any of the following statements are true You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric The tire has a bump bulge or split The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage 5 71 Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall by the tire
264. ights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer for service A CAUTION If the off indicator and the airbag readiness light ever come on together it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 35 3 37 Charging System Light The charging system light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition but the engine is not running as a check to show you it is working It should go out once the engine is running If it stays on or comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the charging system It could indicate that you have problems with a generator drive belt or another electrical problem Have it checked right away Driving while this light is on could drain your battery When this light comes on the DIC will also display the battery not charging message See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 54 If you must drive a short distance with the light on be certain to turn off all your accessories such as the radio and air conditioner 3 38 Voltmeter Gage When your engine is not running but the ignition is in RUN this gage shows your battery s state of charge in DC volts When the engine is running the gage shows the condition of the charging
265. ild on a continuous flat surface Make sure that the infant s head rests toward the center of the vehicle 1 53 A rear facing infant seat B provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint 1 54 A forward facing child seat C E provides restraint for the child s body with the harness and also sometimes with surfaces such as T shaped or shelf like shields A booster seat F G is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system Some booster seats have a shoulder belt positioner and some high back booster seats have a five point harness A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window How Should I Use a Child Restraint A child restraint system is any device designed for use in a motor vehicle to restrain seat or position children A built in child restraint system is a permanent part of the motor vehicle An add on child restraint system is a portable one which is purchased by the vehicle s owner To help reduce injuries an add on child restraint must be secured in the vehicle With built in or add on child restraints the child has to be secured within the child restraint When choosing an add on child restraint be sure the child restraint is designed to be used ina vehicle If it is it will have a label saying that it m
266. ill sense a change in wheel traction But it will depend upon how loosely packed the sand is On loosely packed sand such as on beaches or sand dunes the tires will tend to sink into the sand This has an effect on steering accelerating and braking Drive at a reduced speed and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers Hard packed snow and ice offer the worst tire traction On these surfaces it is very easy to lose control On wet ice for example the traction is so poor that you will have difficulty accelerating And if you do get moving poor steering and difficult braking can cause you to slide out of control A CAUTION Driving on frozen lakes ponds or rivers can be dangerous Underwater springs currents under the ice or sudden thaws can weaken the ice Your vehicle could fall through the ice and you and your passengers could drown Drive your vehicle on safe surfaces only Driving in Water Heavy rain can mean flash flooding and flood waters demand extreme caution Find out how deep the water is before you drive through it If it is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs axles or exhaust pipe do not try it you probably will not get through Also water that deep can damage the axle and other vehicle parts If the water is not too deep drive slowly through it At faster speeds water splashes on the ignition system and your vehicle can stall Stalling can also occur if you get the tailpipe under water And as
267. ime you get new brake linings Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 4 53 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions Use the key to turn the ignition switch to four different positions A LOCK This position locks the ignition and transmission It is a theft deterrent feature You will only be able to remove the key when the ignition is turned to LOCK Notice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is all the way in If it is turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard If none of this works then your vehicle needs service B ACCESSORY This position lets you use things like the radio and the windshield wipers when the engine is off Notice Lengthy operation of features such as the radio in the accessory ignition position may drain the battery and prevent your vehicle from starting Do not operate your vehicle in the accessory ignition position for a long period of time C RUN This is the position for driving D START This position starts the engine Retained Accessory Power RAP The Retained Accessory Power RAP feature will allow certain features on your vehicle to continue to work for up to 10 min
268. in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Engine Oil on page 5 11 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Customization Button i Customization Press the customization button to access the VEHICLE SETTINGS menu and customize the settings to your vehicle See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 63 for more information Select Button 1 Select Press the select button to reset certain DIC functions and set your customization settings For example this button will reset the trip odometers and enables you to scroll through and select the language in which the DIC information will appear 3 53 DIC Warnings and Messages Warning messages are displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC to notify the driver that the status of the vehicle has changed and that some action may be needed by the driver to correct the condition If there is more than one message that needs to be displayed they will appear one after another Some messages may not require immediate action but you should press any of the four DIC buttons on the steering wheel or the trip odometer reset stem on the instrument panel cluster to acknowledge that you received the messages and to clear them from the display Some messages cannot be cleared from the display because they are more urgent These messages require action before they can be removed from the DIC display You should take any messages that appear on the display seriously and remember that cle
269. ind your current location and variance zone number on the map Press and hold the on off button for six seconds Release the button when ZONE is displayed The number shown is the current zone number Scroll through the zone numbers that appear in the compass temperature window on the mirror by pressing the on off button Once you find your zone number release the button After about four seconds the mirror will return to the compass display and the new zone number will be set 2 33 Outside Power Mirrors The controls are located on the driver s door armrest Move the upper selector switch to the left or right to choose the mirror to be adjusted then press the dots located below the selector switch on the four way control pad to adjust the direction of each mirror The mirrors may also include a memory function which works in conjunction with the memory seats See Memory Seat on page 2 47 for more information 2 34 Power Folding Mirrors To fold or unfold the mirrors move the selector switch located above the mirror control to the middle position The mirror control will illuminate Press the right or left side of the mirror control to fold or unfold the mirrors The mirror will adjust as it folds in and will reposition itself once it is unfolded If the mirrors are accidentally folded unfolded manually they may shake or flutter at normal driving speeds and may not stay in the unfolded position I
270. ine with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher You may also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but your vehicle s acceleration may be slightly reduced and you may notice a slight audible knocking noise commonly referred to as spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you may notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you might damage your engine If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking your engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 in Canada Some gasolines may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadieny manganese tricarbonyl MMT General Motors recommends against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 5 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on and your vehicle may fail a smog
271. ing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface Check the coolant level after the system cools down Some amount of coolant may be lost due to overheating A Coolant Surge Tank B Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap C Engine Cooling Fan The coolant level should be at or above the FULL COLD mark If it is not you may have a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere else in the cooling system A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle 5 28 If your vehicle is equipped with an electric engine cooling fan check the coolant temperature gage If the coolant temperature is approximately 232 F 111 C the electric cooling fan should be running If it is not your vehicle needs service Turn off the engine If your vehicle is equipped with an engine driven cooling fan start the engine again and see if the fan speed increases when idle speed is doubled by pushing the accelerator pedal down If it does not you
272. ingle chime will sound and the memory position will be recalled To stop recall movement of the memory seat feature at any time press one of the memory buttons or power seat controls Easy Exit Seat The controls for this memory function are located on the driver s door Ow Easy Exit Seat This button is used to program and recall the desired driver s seat position when exiting or entering the vehicle The seat position can be saved for up to two drivers 2 48 To store the seat exit position do the following 1 Press and release the 1 or 2 button The seat will move to the stored memory position 2 Adjust the seat to the desired exit position 3 Press and hold the exit button of the memory control for three seconds A double chime will sound to let you know that the position has been stored for the selected button 1 or 2 To repeat the procedure for a second driver follow the preceding steps but press the other numbered memory control button To use the seat exit position do one of the following e Press the exit button on the memory control e If this feature is activated in the Driver Information Center DIC removing the key from the ignition will move the seat to the exit position See Easy Exit Seat under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 63 for more information on activating this feature in the DIC Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview eeee 3
273. internal to the CD mechanism 3 105 Diversity Antenna System Your AM FM antennas are located in the rear side windows Be sure that the inside surfaces of the rear side windows are not scratched and that the lines on the glass are not damaged If the inside surfaces are damaged they could interfere with radio reception Notice Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside of the windshield or rear window may affect radio reception or damage the rear window defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not clear the inside windshield or rear window with sharp objects Notice Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception Any damage caused to your antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by your warranty If you choose to add an aftermarket cellular telephone to your vehicle and the antenna needs to be attached to the glass be sure that you do not damage the grid lines for the AM FM antennas or place the cellular telephone antenna over the grid lines 3 106 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception If your vehicle has a sunroof the performance of the XM system may be affected if the sunroof is open Loading items
274. ion Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 74 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 64 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 ao M6 Iyan LOAD Sy CORD NG Id aves Oo 2 LJ Z A ge Z b a yY ey gt Oye by 7 Light Truck LT Metric Tire A Tire Size The tire size code is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail 5 59 B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC
275. ions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached There is no place to attach the top tether in this position Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 58 for additional information Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Make sure that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual A CAUTION Each top tether anchor and lower anchor in the vehicle is designed to hold only one child restraint Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured if this happens To help prevent injury to people and damage to your vehicle attach only one child restraint per anchor 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint
276. is manual provides information on unit repair service procedures adjustments and specifications for GM transmissions transaxles and transfer cases Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle In Canada information pertaining to Product Service Bulletins can be obtained by contacting your General Motors dealer or by calling 1 800 GM DRIVE 1 800 463 7483 Owner s Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner s manual will include the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner s Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 Without Portfolio Owner s Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 Current and Past Model Order Forms Service Publications are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form please specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice
277. is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer And because you re a good deal longer you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance 4 61 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop Wh
278. it to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply your brakes See Braking on page 4 6 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belt
279. ittle more or less fuel to fill up than the SS O N fuel gage indicated For example the gage may m have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank e The gage goes back to empty when you turn off the ignition United States Canada ee Low Fuel Warning Light When the ignition is on the fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have left in your tank The light next to the fuel gage will come on briefly when The gage will first indicate empty before you are out of you are starting the engine fuel and you should get more fuel as soon as This light comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel possible To turn it off add fuel to the fuel tank See Fuel on page 5 4 3 49 Driver Information Center DIC The Driver Information Center DIC display is located on the instrument panel cluster below the speedometer The DIC buttons are located on the steering wheel The DIC can display information such as the trip odometer fuel economy customization features and warning status messages ip ZN Trip Information Press this button to display the odometer trip odometers tire pressure for vehicles with a tire pressure monitor timer and engine hours il Fuel Information Press this button to display the current range fuel used average fuel economy and engine oil life 3 50 i Customization Press this button to access the ve
280. iversal Home Remote button while you press and release every two seconds cycle the hand held transmitter button until the frequency signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Home Remote The Universal Home Remote indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly Proceed with Step 4 under Programming Universal Home Remote to complete Using Universal Home Remote Press and hold the appropriate Universal Home Remote button for at least half of a second The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons To erase programming from the three Universal Home Remote buttons do the following 1 Press and hold down the two outside buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not hold the two outside buttons for longer than 30 seconds 2 Release both buttons The Universal Home Remote is now in the train learning mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Step 2 under Programming Universal Home Remote shown earlier in this section Individual buttons cannot be erased but they can be reprogrammed See Reprogramming a Single Universal Home Remote Button following this section 2 44 Reprogramming a Single Universal Home Remote Button To program a device to Universal Home Remote using a Universal Home Remote button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired Univers
281. l help make your off road driving safer and more enjoyable Before You Go Off Roading There are some things to do before you go out For example be sure to have all necessary maintenance and service work done Check to make sure all underbody shields if equipped are properly attached Is there enough fuel Is the spare tire fully inflated Are the fluid levels up where they should be What are the local laws that apply to off roading where you will be driving If you do not know you should check with law enforcement people in the area Will you be on someone s private land If so be sure to get the necessary permission Loading Your Vehicle for Off Road Driving There are some important things to remember about how to load your vehicle e The heaviest things should be on the load floor and forward of the rear axle Put heavier items as far forward as you can e Be sure the load is secured properly so driving on the off road terrain does not toss things around A CAUTION e Cargo on the load floor piled higher than the seatbacks can be thrown forward during a sudden stop You or your passengers could be injured Keep cargo below the top of the seatbacks Unsecured cargo on the load floor can be tossed about when driving over rough terrain You or your passengers can be struck by flying objects Secure the cargo properly Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle s center of gravity making it more likely to roll o
282. l Wait about 15 seconds between each try When starting your engine in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C do this 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START and hold it there up to 15 seconds When the engine starts let go of the key 2 If your engine still will not start or starts but then stops it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for about three seconds When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing but this time keep the pedal down for five or six seconds This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Notice Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal If your vehicle has this feature you can change the position of the throttle and brake pedals This feature is designed for shorter drivers since the pedals cannot move farther away from the standard position but can move closer to you for better pedal reach This feature can be programmed to work wi
283. l You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let your engine assist your brakes on a steep downhill slope A CAUTION Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous Your brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down They could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have your engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill Know how to go down hills The most important thing to know is this let your engine do some of the slowing down Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill Know how to go uphill You may want to shift down to a lower gear The lower gears help cool your engine and transmission and you can climb the hill better Stay in your own lane when driving on two lane roads in hills or mountains Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane As you go over the top of a hill be alert There could be something in your lane like a stalled car or an accident You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of special problems Examples are long grades passing or no passing zones a falling rocks area or winding roads Be alert to these and take appropriate action 4 39 Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving e Have
284. l CURB VIEW appears in the display To select your preference for curb view press the select button while CURB VIEW is displayed on the DIC Pressing the select button will scroll through the following choices CURB VIEW OFF default Neither outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R CURB VIEW PASSENGER The passenger s outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R CURB VIEW DRIVER The driver s outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R CURB VIEW BOTH The drivers and passenger s outside mirrors will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R Choose one of the available options and press the customization button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it and move on to the next feature For more information on tilt mirror in reverse see Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror with Curb View Assist on page 2 36 3 67 Alarm Warning Press the customization button until ALARM WARNING appears in the display To select your preference for alarm warning press the select button while ALARM WARNING is displayed on the DIC Pressing the select button will scroll through the following choices ALARM WARNING BOTH default The headlamps will flash and the horn will chirp when the alarm is active ALARM WARNING OFF There will be no alarm warning on activation ALARM WARNING HORN The horn
285. l Motors of Canada Limited for Cadillac Motor Car Division whenever it appears in this manual Keep this manual in the vehicle so it will be there if it is ever needed while you are on the road If the vehicle is sold leave the manual in the vehicle Litho in U S A Part No O6ESCALADE A First Printing Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 How to Use This Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle If this is done it can help you learn about the features and controls for the vehicle Pictures and words work together in the owner manual to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found 2005 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people In the caution area we tell you what the hazard is Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you
286. l Service See footnote I Maintenance Footnotes t The U S Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life We however urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded Lubricate the front suspension ball joints steering linkage transmission shift linkage and parking brake cable guides Ball joints should not be lubricated unless their temperature is 10 F 12 C or higher or they could be damaged a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts signs of wear or lack of lubrication Inspect power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Visually check constant velocity joints rubber boots and axle seals for leaks c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine GM parts as needed To help ensure proper ope
287. lace 6 Pull up on the release lever labeled 1 located on the rear of the seatback Then pull up on either the seatback or the assist strap located on the outboard side of the seat until the seatback locks into the upright position A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 7 Push and pull the seatback to make sure it is locked Removing the 50 50 Split Bench Seat s To remove the seat do the following 1 Open the liftgate to access the controls for the 50 50 seat s and enter the rear of the vehicle 2 Fold the seatback forward using the instructions listed under Folding the Seatbacks previously The seat cannot be removed unless the seatback is folded 3 Unlatch the rear of the seat from the floor by pulling up on the release lever labeled 2 located next to the carrying handle at the rear of the seat 4 Lift the rear of the seat up from the floor Squeeze the release lever to release the seat from the floor while pulling the seat out While holding the rear of the seat up roll the seat out of the vehicle Installing the 50 50 Split Bench Seat s A CAUTION A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide A CAUTION A seat that is not locked into pl
288. late Turn the driver s or passenger s side temperature knob to adjust the temperature setting as necessary If you choose the temperature setting of 60 F 15 C the system will remain at the maximum cooling setting If you choose the temperature setting of 90 F 32 C the system will remain at the maximum heat setting Choosing either maximum setting will not cause the vehicle to heat or cool any faster Be careful not to cover the sensor located on the top of the instrument panel near the windshield This sensor regulates air temperature based on sun load and also turns on your headlamps 3 25 To avoid blowing cold air in cold weather the system will delay turning on the fan until warm air is available The length of delay depends on the engine coolant temperature Pressing the fan switch will override this delay and change the fan to a selected speed O Off Press this button to turn off the entire climate control system Outside air will still enter the vehicle and will be directed to the floor This direction can be changed by pressing the mode button The temperature can also be adjusted using either temperature knob Press the up or down arrows on the fan switch the defrost button the AUTO button or the air conditioning button to turn the system on when it is off Manual Operation You may manually adjust the air delivery mode or fan speed A amp V Fan The switch with the fan symbol allows you to manuall
289. ld neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide e Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning e Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not complete
290. le s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added Notice The chime signals related to safety belts parking brake and other functions of your vehicle operate through the GM radio entertainment system 3 70 If that equipment is replaced or additional equipment is added to your vehicle the chimes may not work Make sure that replacement or additional equipment is compatible with your vehicle before installing it See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 17 for more information Setting the Time Press and hold the HR button until the correct hour appears on the display Press and hold the MN button until the correct minute appears on the display The time can be set with the ignition on or off To synchronize the time with an FM station broadcasting Radio Data System RDS information press and hold the hour and minute buttons at the same time until RDS TIME appears on the display To accept this time press and hold the hour and minute buttons at the same time for another two seconds If the time is not available from the station NO UPDAT will appear on the display RDS time is broadcast once a minute After tuning to an RDS broadcast station it may take a few minutes for the time to updat
291. le next to the underhood fuse block Lift the cover for access to the fuse relay block COOL FAN Cooling Fan COOL FAN Cooling Fan Relay Fuse COOL FAN Cooling Fan Fuse Relays Use 5 115 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 for more information Application Gapacities Cooling System Capacity 16 6 qt 15 7 L Crankcase Capacity 6 0 qt 5 7L Fuel Tank Capacity Escalade 26 0 gal 98 0 L Escalade ESV 31 0 gal 117 0 L Transfer Case Fluid 1 5 qt Wheel Nut Torque 140 Ib ft 190 Nem Add 2 0 L 2 1 qt if equipped with rear heating for all engines All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual Recheck fluid level after filling Capacities and Specifications Engine _VINCode Spark Plug Gap VORTES 60L HO ve N __Alomatio 0 040 inches 101 mm Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0 eeeeeeeeeeeees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 6 9 IMMOCUCHION aserid oaiae a dan sek deamon 6 2 At Each Fuel Pill cncc ccecciestcetnasetecasecdsenesteekders 6 9 Maintenance Requirements ceeeeeeeeeee 6 2 At Least Once a Month csceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 6 10 Your Vehicle and the Environment 4 6 2 At Least Once a Year aese 6 10 Using the Maintenanc
292. ll three systems have to do their work at the places where the tires meet the road Sometimes as when you are driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide That means you can lose control of your vehicle See StabiliTrak System on page 4 9 Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 39 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of your brakes the weight of the vehicle an
293. lly updated Fuel range cannot be reset Fuel Used Press the fuel information button until FUEL USED appears on the display This mode shows the number of gallons or liters of fuel used since the last reset of this menu item To reset the fuel used information press and hold the select button for one second while FUEL USED is displayed Average Fuel Economy Press the fuel information button until AVG ECON appears on the display This mode shows how many miles per gallon MPG or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km your vehicle is getting based on current and past driving conditions Press and hold the select button for one second while AVG ECON is displayed to reset the average fuel economy Average fuel economy will then be calculated starting from that point If the average fuel economy is not reset it will be continually updated each time you drive Engine Oil Life System Press the fuel information button until ENGINE OIL LIFE appears on the display The engine oil life system shows an estimate of the oil s remaining useful life It will show 100 when the system is reset after an oil change It will alert you to change your oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions Always reset the engine oil life system after an oil change To reset the engine oil life system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 14 In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended
294. lt Routing 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeee erent ee 6 16 Engine Compartment Overview 6 eee 5 10 EXHAUST risien nern R teehee 2 26 Fan NOISE arraroren Ea E es one 5 31 O eoir E a E N EAE 5 11 Oil Life System ise necironeasetn cennin 5 14 Overheated Protection Operating Mode 5 26 Overheating c cee cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 24 Starting iesteciatiieel asia leita EEEN 2 18 Entry Exit HiQhthag sise nionean aneiw ened 3 19 Event Data Recorders EDR eeeeeeeeee es 7 8 Extender Safety Belt c cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 47 Exterior Lamps orenian E RE er tink 3 15 Filter Engine Air Cleaner c cceeeeeeeeneeeeee tenes 5 16 FINISH DAMAGES apone aea 5 103 FlaSh t0 PaSS i000 auinens anase aaa 3 9 Flat MEn o e a e a E RGSS 5 78 Flat Tire Changing eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eees 5 78 Flat Tires Stong 2 cs2sess ceseeveciewewedasearecdesee seosa s 5 92 Fluid Automatic Transmission ceecee 5 19 Power Steering ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee een ees 5 32 Windshield Washer eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 33 FOG LAMPS siorram eE i e seein 3 18 FOM AXE iniata EEE A cations 5 45 Fuel Airian oono citendataaueriand esd aa eed ERa ESS 5 4 AGOIUIVES ira aE aT Rea E ER RRE 5 5 Galifornia Fuel 22c cse2 sscecatedsseesaedeseeeadscketseseseaas 5 5 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 0 0 5 8 Filling Your Tank 25 sicacssceiucs cans inira sbengecde
295. lts help keep you in position for airbag inflation before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with frontal airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Front system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 48 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 50 occupants should not lean on or sleep against There is an airbag the door readiness light on the amp e instrument panel cluster r which shows the airbag symbol a Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 35 CAUTION Continued for more information 1 75 Where Are the Airbags The right front passenger s frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel 1 76 The drivers side impact airbag is in the side of the The right front passenger s side impact airbag is in the drivers seatback closest to the door side of the passenger s seatback closest to the door 1 77 A CAUTION If som
296. ly press and hold both the desired Universal Home Remote button and the hand held transmitter button Do not release the buttons until Step 4 has been completed Some entry gates and garage door openers may require you to substitute Step 3 with the procedure noted in Gate Operator and Canadian Programming later in this section The indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly after Universal Home Remote successfully receives the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons Press and hold the newly trained Universal Home Remote button and observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the Universal Home Remote button is pressed and released To program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons begin with Step 2 under Programming Universal Home Remote Do not repeat Step 1 as this will erase all of the programmed channels 2 40 If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with Steps 6 through 8 following to complete the programming of a rolling code equipped device most commonly a garage door opener 6 Locate in the garage the garage door opener receiver motor head unit Locate the Learn or Smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit 7 Firmly pr
297. ly removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Leather A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on your leather 5 99 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cl
298. m the floor and push it forward 1 20 Returning the Bench Seat from a Tilted A CAUTION Position To return the seat to the normal seating position do the If the support rod is not properly engaged the following folded third row seat could come loose in a 1 Open the liftgate to access the controls for the sudden stop or crash That could cause injury bench seat and enter the rear of the vehicle to people and damage to your vehicle Always 2 Pull the lever on the be sure the support rod is properly engaged support rod bracket when the third row seat is folded forward until it unlatches from the seat bracket 6 While holding the seat forward pull the support rod out from the retainer clips and flip it down until it latches into place 3 Place the support rod back into the storage position 4 Pull the seat toward you and push firmly down until the seat latches in the floor 5 Lift up on the seat to make sure it is locked into place The seat will now remain in the upright position Place the seat in this position only when necessary for additional cargo space 1 21 6 Pull up on the release lever labeled 1 located on the rear of the seatback and then pull up on the seatback until it locks into the upright position A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move 3 Pull up on the release lever labeled 2 located at the rear of the seat to unlatch the rear of the seat from the floor
299. m wear for all tires on the vehicle The first rotation is the most important See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 When rotating your vehicle s tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the tire and loading information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 64 for more information Vehicles that have the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS will need to have the TPMS sensors reset after a tire rotation See TPMS Sensor Identification Codes under Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 66 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 116 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 78 When It Is Time for New Tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators wh
300. mation button until TRIP B appears on the display This mode shows the current distance traveled since the last reset for TRIP B in either miles or kilometers To reset TRIP A or TRIP B information press and hold the select button for one second while in one of the trip modes This will reset the information for TRIP A or TRIP B You can also reset TRIP A or TRIP B while they are displayed by pressing the reset stem on the cluster If you press and hold the reset stem or the select button for four seconds the display will show the distance traveled since the last ignition cycle for TRIP A or TRIP B See Trip Odometer on page 3 34 for more information Tire Pressures The tire pressure mode is available only on vehicles equipped with a tire pressure monitor Press the trip information button until TIRE PRESSURES appears on the display This mode shows the tire pressure in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the select button to scroll through the following information e LF TIRE shows the tire pressure for the front driver s side tire e RF TIRE shows the tire pressure for the front passenger s side tire e LR TIRE shows the tire pressure for the rear driver s side tire e RR TIRE shows the tire pressure for the rear passenger s side tire 3 51 Timer The DIC can be used as a timer Press the select button while TIMER is displayed to start the timer The display will show the amount of time that h
301. mation see OnStar System on page 2 36 Remote Keyless Entry System Your keyless entry system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in range This is normal for any remote keyless entry system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this e Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check to determine if battery replacement is neces
302. mbly Jack Handle Hoist Cable Extensions Tire Retainer J Spare Tire Lock Hoist Shaft If Equipped Hoist End of Extension Tool 5 81 1 Open the spare tire lock cover on the bumper and use the ignition key to remove the lock if your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire lock J 2 Assemble the wheel wrench H and the two jack handle extensions l as shown 5 82 3 Insert the spare tire end open end F of the extension through the hole G in the rear bumper Be sure the hoist end of the extension connects to the hoist shaft E The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire Turn the wheel wrench H counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle If the spare tire does not lower to the ground the secondary latch is engaged causing the tire not to lower See Secondary Latch System on page 5 89 5 Use the wheel wrench Removing the Flat Tire and hook that allows you to i pull the hoist cable Installing the Spare Tire towards you to assist in reaching the spare tire Use the following pictures and instructions to remove the flat tire and raise the vehicle 6 Tilt the retainer at the end of the cable when the tire has been lowered so it can be pulled up through the wheel opening The tools you will be using include the jack A the wheel blocks
303. means that service is required for your vehicle Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your GM Goodwrench dealer has GM trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system 6 4 If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 14 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I Use Maintenance I if the CHANGE ENGINE OIL message comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance
304. move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and the parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you move the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P without first pulling it toward you If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your vehicle into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into Park P on page 2 24 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK
305. mputer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE ENGINE OIL message will come on Change your oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system may not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer has GM trained service people who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system It is also important to check your oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change your oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change your engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Anytime your oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the
306. n later in this section Turn the knob counterclockwise or clockwise to lower or increase the cabin temperature The display will show the temperature setting decreasing or increasing and an arrow pointing to the driver will be displayed under and to the left of the temperature setting Passenger s Side Temperature Knob The passenger s side knob can be used to change the temperature of the air coming through the system on the passenger s side of the vehicle The temperature can be adjusted even if the system is turned off This is possible since outside air will always flow through the system as the vehicle is moving forward unless it is set to recirculation mode See Recirculation later in this section Turn the knob counterclockwise or clockwise to lower or increase the cabin temperature The display will show the temperature setting decreasing or increasing and an arrow pointing to the passenger will be displayed under and to the right of the temperature setting The passenger s temperature setting can be set to match the driver s temperature setting by pressing and holding the AUTO button for four seconds Both the driver and passenger arrows will be displayed Automatic Operation AUTO Automatic When automatic operation is active the system will control the inside temperature the air delivery and the fan speed Use the steps below to place the entire system in automatic mode 1 Press the AUTO b
307. n is lit If it is not press and hold the on off button for approximately six seconds until the green light comes on indicating that the mirror is in automatic dimming mode 2 Turn off the automatic dimming mirror function by pressing and holding the on off button for approximately six seconds until the green indicator light turns off Compass Variance The mirror is set in zone eight upon leaving the factory It will be necessary to adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if the vehicle is outside of zone eight Under certain circumstances as during a long distance cross country trip it will be necessary to adjust for compass variance Compass variance is the difference between earth s magnetic north and true geographic north If not adjusted to account for compass variance the compass could give false readings To adjust for compass variance do the following 1 Find your current location and variance zone number on the following zone map 2 Press and hold the on off button until a Z and a zone number appears in the display The compass is now in zone mode 3 Keep pressing the on off button until the desired zone number appears in the display Release the button After approximately four seconds of inactivity the new zone number will be locked in and the compass temperature display will return 4 Calibrate the compass as described next Compass Calibration The compass may need calibration i
308. n cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 Washing Your Vehicle The paint finish on the vehicle provides beauty depth of color gloss retention and durability The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water Do not wash the vehicle in the direct rays of the sun Use a car washing soap Do not use strong soaps or chemical detergents Be sure to rinse the vehicle well removing all soap residue completely GM approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 104 Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives All cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface or they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 107 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish GM approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See
309. n page 6 4 for the transmission your vehicle is equipped with for the proper transmission maintenance intervals Also see Transmission Temperature Gage on page 3 42 for more information TURN SIGNAL ON If a turn signal is left on for 3 4 of a mile 1 2 km this message will appear on the display and you will hear a chime Move the turn signal multifunction lever to the off position Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display DIC Vehicle Customization Your vehicle may have customization capabilities that allow you to program some features to one setting based on your preference All of the customizable options listed may not be available on your vehicle Only the options available will be displayed on your Driver Information Center DIC The default settings for the customization features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from their default state since then To change feature preferences make sure the ignition is on and the vehicle is in PARK P Press the customization button to scroll through the available customizable options After pressing the customization button VEHICLE SETTINGS will momentarily display before going to a customization option 3 63 Lock Doors Press the customization button until LOCK DOORS appears in the display To select your preference for automatic locking press the
310. n the traction control system has detected that any of the vehicle s wheels are slipping the traction control system will activate and this message will appear on the DIC See StabiliTrak System on page 4 9 for more information TRACTION SYS System LIMITED If the brake traction control system activates constantly or if the brakes have heated up due to high speed braking brake traction control will be disabled and the TRACTION SYS LIMITED message will be displayed The system will return to normal operation after the brakes have cooled See StabiliTrak System on page 4 9 for more information 3 61 TRANS Transmission HOT IDLE ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the transmission fluid is overheating and the transmission temperature warning is displayed on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC you can damage the transmission This could lead to costly repairs that would not be covered by your warranty Do not drive your vehicle with overheated transmission fluid or while the transmission temperature warning is displayed If the transmission fluid in the vehicle gets hot this message will appear on the DIC along with a continuous chime Driving with the transmission fluid temperature high can cause damage to the vehicle Stop the vehicle and let it idle to allow the transmission to cool This message will clear and the chime will stop when the fluid temperature reaches a safe level See Transmission Tempe
311. n you actually are Before Leaving on a Long Trip Make sure you are ready Try to be well rested If you must start when you are not fresh such as after a day s work do not plan to make too many miles that first part of the journey Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you can easily drive in Is your vehicle ready for a long trip If you keep it serviced and maintained it is ready to go If it needs service have it done before starting out Of course you will find experienced and able service experts in GM dealerships all across North America They will be ready and willing to help if you need it 4 36 Here are some things you can check before a trip e Windshield Washer Fluid s the reservoir full Are all windows clean inside and outside e Wiper Blades Are they in good shape e Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids Have you checked all levels e Lamps Are they all working Are the lenses clean e Tires They are vitally important to a safe trouble free trip Is the tread good enough for long distance driving Are the tires all inflated to the recommended pressure e Weather Forecasts What is the weather outlook along your route Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system e Maps Do you have up to date maps Hig hway Hypnosis What can you do about highway hypnosis First be aware that it can happen Is there actually such a condition as highway hypnosis gh a Or is it just pl
312. nGeh sidtasiecnseuiiee tancageetee espe thwieasecakeba ce 3 99 Center Console Storage Area ceeeeeeeee trees 2 43 Center Rear Passenger Position Safety Belts 1 44 CHAINS TIe viscccccieesacescascesccrececcendsmneece deesasass 5 77 Charging System Light ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 38 Check Engine Light cctciicctiectarentneanntauntnutdancanesshnene 3 44 Checking Things Under the Hood ecseseeee 5 8 Chemical Paint Spotting cceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 104 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems cceeeeeeeeee eee 1 53 Infants and Young Children a se 1 50 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 59 Older Children cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeee 1 48 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Seat Position ceeeeeeeeee eee 1 66 Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Rear Seat Position eeeeeeeeeeeee teen ees 1 68 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position ccceeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 1 70 Where to Put the Restraint ee 1 58 Chime Level Adjustment eeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 106 Cigarette Lighter sssini einni eienen aenea 3 23 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 102 Exterior Lamps Lenses eeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 101 Fabric Carpet cccseeeeeceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 99 Finish Gale sssri iciae aa E e n a 5 101 Inside of Your Vehicle csassescsisen
313. navail Channel no longer This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned available Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Info Artist Name Feature not No artist information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly No Info Song Program Title not No song title information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly 3 78 XM Radio Messages cont d Radio Display No Info Category Name not No category information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly No Info No Text Informational No text or informational messages are available at this message available time on this channel The system is working properly Not Found No channel available for There are no channels available for the selected category the chosen category The system is working properly XM Locked Theft lock active The XM receiver in the vehicle may have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message is received after having your vehicle serviced check with your GM dealer Radio ID Radio ID label channel 0 If tuned to channel 0 this message will alternate with the XM Radio eight digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown Radio ID not known If thi
314. nd training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on your vehicle s hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 for more information When your vehicle has a flat tire use the following 5 example as a guide to assist you in the placement of ZN CAUTION wheel blocks Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle gt roni moving SEA Set the parking brake firmly Put the shift lever in PARK P Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not The following information will tell you next how to use move you should put blocks at the front and the jack and change a tire rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the ti
315. nel cluster will come on See Charging System Light on page 3 38 and Voltmeter Gage on page 3 38 for more information Driving with this problem could drain your battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories Stop and turn off the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so Have the electrical system checked by your GM dealer immediately CHECK OIL LEVEL If the oil level in the vehicle is low this message will appear on the DIC Check the oil level and correct it as necessary You may need to let the vehicle cool or warm up and cycle the ignition to be sure this message will clear Once the problem is corrected pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will clear the message from the DIC display This message will clear itself after 10 seconds until the next ignition cycle See Engine Oil on page 5 11 for additional information 3 55 CHECK TIRE PRESSURE If a low tire pressure is detected in any of the vehicle s tires this message will appear on the DIC along with a chime and a low tire pressure warning light See Low Tire Pressure Warning Light on page 3 41 Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display It will appear at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 66 for more information on tires and the correct inflation pressures
316. ner filter and to reset the air filter restriction indicator Vehicles Without an Air Filter Restriction Indicator To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the engine air cleaner filter from the vehicle using the steps following When you have the engine air cleaner filter removed lightly shake it to release loose dust and dirt If the engine air cleaner filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required Replacing the Engine Air Cleaner Filter and Resetting the Air Filter Restriction Indicator 1 Locate the air cleaner filter assembly on the front corner of the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle 2 Loosen the screws on the cover of the housing and lift up the cover 5 Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter 6 Reinstall the cover and tighten the screws 7 Reset the air filter restriction indicator if equipped by pressing the top button on the indicator mint et hie c haat TST SUA Dt WOT DS Ta D AATA ATANIN ARRIN RHR TORN Ao CAE Ab ait Ait CUT an hit A CAUTION ay Ni Waly sith RO wat Wat Woe i i RA SARRAR Mitt Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could 3 Remove the engine air cleaner filter from the be burned Do not drive with it off and be housing Care should
317. nes If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection delay your pass A broken center line usually indicates it is all right to pass providing the road ahead is clear Never cross a solid line on your side of the lane or a double solid line even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you are awaiting an opportunity For one thing following too closely reduces your area of vision especially if you are following a larger vehicle Also you will not have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops Keep back a reasonable distance When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and do not get too close Time your move so you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane If the way is clear to pass you will have a running start that more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass you need only slow down and drop back again and wait for another opportunity If other vehicles are lined up to pass a slow vehicle wait your turn But take care that someone is not trying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot Check your mirrors glance over your shoulder and start your left lane change signal be
318. next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change your oil prior to a CHANGE ENGINE OIL message being turned on reset the system To reset the CHANGE ENGINE OIL message see Engine Oil Life System under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 50 for vehicles equipped with the DIC or do the following 1 Turn the ignition key to RUN with the engine off 2 Fully press and release the accelerator pedal slowly three times within five seconds If the OIL LIFE RESET message flashes for 10 seconds the system is resetting 3 Turn the key to LOCK If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL message comes back on when you start your vehicle the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the procedure If it still does not reset see your dealer for service What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by t
319. nformation 3 85 Navigation Radio System Your vehicle may have a navigation radio system The navigation system has built in features intended to minimize driver distraction Technology alone no matter how advanced can never replace your own judgment See the navigation system manual for some tips to help you reduce distractions while driving Rear Seat Entertainment System Your vehicle may have the Digital Versatile Disc DVD Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system The RSE system includes a DVD player a video display screen two sets of wireless headphones and a remote control Parental Control This button is located behind the video screen Press this button while a DVD or CD is playing to freeze the video and mute the audio The video screen will display Parental Control ON and the power indicator light on the DVD player will flash It will also disable all other button operations from the remote control and the DVD player with the exception of the eject button Press this button again to restore operation of the DVD player 3 86 This button may also be used to turn the DVD player power on and automatically resume play if the ignition is in RUN ACCESSORY or if RAP is active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 17 for more information Before You Drive The RSE system is for rear seat passengers only The driver cannot safely view the video screen while driving and should not try to do so Headphone
320. ng The best advice is to slow down when it is raining Driving Through Deep Standing Water Notice If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water water can come in through your engine s air intake and badly damage your engine Never drive through water that is slightly lower than the underbody of your vehicle If you cannot avoid deep puddles or standing water drive through them very slowly Driving Through Flowing Water A CAUTION Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces If you try to drive through flowing water as you might at a low water crossing your vehicle can be carried away As little as six inches of flowing water can carry away a smaller vehicle If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warning signs and otherwise be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Some Other Rainy Weather Tips e Turn on your low beam headlamps not just your parking lamps to help make you more visible to others e Besides slowing down allow some extra following distance And be especially careful when you pass another vehicle Allow yourself more clear room ahead and be prepared to have your view restricted by road spray e Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 57 4 33 City Driving
321. ngine cccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenes 2 18 SIENNO s ci shies Hie E SEAE E E NENEN 4 12 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 065 3 103 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel 0ceeeeeeeeee 3 6 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area eeeeeee 2 43 Convenience Net 0 cceeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneees 2 44 Cupholder S ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 2 42 GIOVE BOX sarrons raa e aaa 2 42 Instrument Panel Storage Area eee 2 43 Luggage Carrier ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee een tenes 2 43 Rear Seat Armrest cceceeeceeeeeeeaeeneeeees 2 44 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 0eee 4 44 SUM VISOMS sets aeeai aan fal aeaa TRETEN 2 14 SUMOON 235s Genet annie Eain ae e EEE 2 46 12 Tachometer arere ee eA a EE EE 3 34 Taillamps Turn Signal Sidemarker Stoplamps and Back Up Lamps sissien ingrii eeni 5 55 Theft Deterrent Radio cccceeeeeee sense eee 3 102 Theft Deterrent Systems cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 14 Content Theft Deterrent eeeeeeeeeeeee eee 2 14 PASSIOGKS moe Aree en aT E ae 2 16 Throttle Adjustable iiis ieir enaa 2 19 Tilt WACOM ee incr atetadencacemadeecatnaneaayrecerahenatiaiaaonts 3 6 TGS A dt esteadanacanondsnedgomcatwarcanks ad adeeaecedperancens 5 57 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Cleaning cee ee cece cece tees esate nese eeaeeaeeae ed 5 102 Buying New Tires iss2icici
322. ns before you start your trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight 4 63 Trailer Wiring Harness Heavy Duty Trailer Wiring Package Your vehicle is equipped with the seven wire trailer towing harness This harness with a seven pin universal heavy duty trailer connector is attached to a bracket on the hitch platform 4 64 The Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL wire is tied next to the trailer wiring harness for use with a trailer The seven wire harness contains the following trailer circuits e Yellow Left Stop Turn Signal e Dark Green Right Stop Turn Signal e Brown Taillamps e White Ground e Light Green Back up Lamps e Red Battery Feed e Dark Blue Trailer Brake Electric Brake Control Jumper LES Cet BEES on AR SORA This harness may be included with your vehicle as part of the heavy duty trailer wiring package This harness is for an electric brake controller and includes a trailer battery feed fuse It should be installed by your dealer or a qualified service center Trailer Recommendations You must subtract your hitch loads from the Cargo Weight Rating CWR CWR is the maximum weight of the load your vehicle can carry It doesn t include the weight of the people inside But you can figure about 150 Ibs 68 kg for each seat The total cargo load must not be more than your vehicle s CWR Weigh your vehicle with the trailer attached so that you w
323. ns or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display ENGINE OVERHEATED Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not increase the engine speed above normal idling speed See Engine Overheating on page 5 24 for more information If the engine cooling system reaches unsafe temperatures for operation this message will appear in the DIC and you will hear a chime Stop and turn off the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so to avoid severe damage This message will clear when the engine has cooled to a safe operating temperature FUEL LEVEL LOW If the fuel level is low this message will appear on the DIC and you will hear a chime Refuel as soon as possible Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display It will also clear itself after 10 seconds until the next ignition cycle The low fuel light near the fuel gage will still remain on in either case See Low Fuel Warning Light on page 3 49 Fuel Gage on page 3 49 and Fuel on page 5 4 KEYFOB X BATTERY LOW If a remote keyless entry transmitter battery is low this message will appear on the DIC The battery needs to be replaced in the transmitter See Battery Replacement
324. ns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again There may have been a problem while burning the CD e The label may be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your GM dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your GM dealer when reporting the problem Listening to a DVD If your vehicle has the Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system and a DVD is playing the DVD symbol will appear on the radio display indicating that the DVD is available and can be listened to through your vehicle s speakers To listen to the DVD press the TAPE DISC button until RSE appears on the radio display The current radio source will stop and the DVD sound will come through the speakers To stop listening to the DVD press the TAPE DISC button if a cassette tape or a CD is loaded or press the BAND button to select a different source When the RSE system is turned off the DVD symbol will go off of the radio display and the radio will display RSE OFF The radio will return to the last radio source that you were listening to See Rear Seat Entertainment System on page 3 86 for more i
325. nsfer case This could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty If the brake traction control system activates constantly or if the brakes have heated up due to high speed braking brake traction control will be disabled and the TRACTION SYS LIMITED message will be displayed In the limited mode the traction control system will only use engine traction control and is limited in its ability to provide optimal performance since the system will not utilize brake traction control to control slip on the drive wheels The system will return to normal operation after the brakes have cooled This can take up to two minutes or longer depending on brake usage Notice If you allow the wheel s of one axle to spin excessively while the traction off ABS and brake warning lights and the SERVICE STABILITY message are displayed you could damage the transfer case The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel s excessively while these lights and this message are displayed The traction control system may activate on dry or rough roads or under conditions such as heavy acceleration while turning or abrupt upshifts downshifts of the transmission When this happens you may notice a reduction in acceleration or may hear a noise or vibration This is normal If your vehicle is in cruise control when the system activates the STABILITY SYS ACTIVE message will appear on the Driver Information Ce
326. nstrument Panel I P Brightness seiis seratina nesia 3 18 Cl StET cseveeel veeycieeseseseeessteaiacneteeeathes ties sees 3 33 JUMP Starting avesie ceeds ttenniinateetsan decent arden 5 38 Keyless Entry System c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 2 4 KEYS sec tohaatsiannaed EE E E EENE 2 3 Labeling Tire Sidewall c scecceeeeeeee tees 5 58 Lamps Battery Run Down Protection 066 3 19 DOME sete A N A Cees Seas ke 3 19 EX GNOl 2 trsicechasuerecincaticasscucemoadsandansascetieeite 3 15 FOG nannan aa A ET 3 18 Readingi esis cincadegetibachersweseeagcatdandnacnaieeeee conte 3 19 LATCH System Child Restraints 2seccistissetcodtregesteiigelinieed 1 59 CifigatesLittQlass nonan anene 2 11 LiftglaSS LiMQate ccc csc cece ese estes sent dendateesereesecedss 2 11 Light Airbag Readiness 2 cceeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeees 3 35 Anti Lock Brake System Warning 0 3 40 Brake System Warning cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 39 Charging System ceceeeeeeeeeee eects een eees 3 38 Cruise Control o cssescichewecakvensdttuetanesetceacest eta 3 48 Highbeam ON cceeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeee eee eed 3 48 Low Fuel Warning es snte vied 3 49 Low Tire Pressure Warning Light 3 41 Malfunction Indicator eeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee ee 3 44 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 36 Safety Belt Reminder 3 34 SECUN s ccsrditeteeta saat inde e
327. nt pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 6 If your child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether and the position that you are using has a top tether anchor attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 59 1 68 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint if the top tether is attached to the top tether anchor disconnect it Unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Rear Seat Position Second Row The center seat position in the second row has a lap shoulder belt which works the same way as the safety belt in the rear outside seat positions For instructions on how to secure a child restraint using a lap shoulder belt see Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Seat Position on page 1 66 Third Row If your child restraint is equipped with the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for C
328. nt A person who consumes food just before or during drinking will have a somewhat lower BAC level There is a gender difference too Women generally have a lower relative percentage of body water than men Since alcohol is carried in body water this means that a woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a man of her same body weight will when each has the same number of drinks 4 4 The law in most U S states and throughout Canada sets the legal limit at 0 08 percent In some other countries the limit is even lower For example it is 0 05 percent in both France and Germany The BAC limit for all commercial drivers in the United States is 0 04 percent The BAC will be over 0 10 percent after three to six drinks in one hour Of course as we have seen it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks and how quickly the person drinks them But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of 0 10 percent Research shows that the driving skills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0 05 percent and that the effects are worse at night All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0 05 percent Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0 05 percent or above A driver with a BAC level of 0 06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a collision At a BAC level of 0 10 percent the chance of this driver having a collision is 12 times g
329. nt injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather Power Windows The controls for the power windows are located on the armrest on each of the side doors The switches operate the windows when the ignition is in RUN ACCESSORY or while Retained Accessory Power RAP is active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 17 The driver s door also has a switch for each of the passenger s windows Press the top of the switch to lower the window Pull up the top of the switch to raise the window Express Down Windows The driver and front passenger windows also have an express down feature that allows the windows to be lowered without holding the switch Press down fully on the window switch then release to activate the express down mode This mode can be canceled at any time by pulling up on the switch To open the window partway press the switch to the first position until the window is at the desired position Window Lockout max Window Lockout Press the lockout switch to prevent passengers from operating the power windows from their switches A light in the lockout switch will come on to show that the switch has been activated Press the lockout switch again to return to normal operation Sun Visors Sun Visors with Slide Rod Your vehicle may have this feature Pull the sun visor down t
330. ntact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 3 71 Playing the Radio PWR Power Press this knob to turn the system on and off lt voL gt Volume Turn this knob to increase or to decrease the volume INFO Information When the ignition is off press this knob to display the time For RDS press the INFO knob to change what appears on the display while using RDS The display options are station name RDS station frequency PTY and the name of the program if available For XM if equipped press the INFO knob while in XM mode to retrieve four different categories of information related to the current song or channel Artist Song Title Category or PTY Channel Number Channel Name To change the default on the display press the INFO knob until you see the display you want then hold the knob until you hear a beep The selected display will now be the default 3 72 AUTO VOL Automatic Volume If your vehicle is equipped with a Bose audio system it includes Bose AudioPilot noise compensation technology When turned on AudioPilot continuously adjusts the audio system equalization to compensate for background noise so that your music always sounds the same at the set volume level This feature is most effective at lower radio volume settings where background noise can affect how well you hear the music being played through your vehicle s audio system At higher volume settings
331. ntal airbag the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you turn the ignition to RUN or START See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 36 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 3 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 71 4 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the the retractor to set the lock safety belt quickly if you ever had to 1 72 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt You should not be able to pull more of the belt from the retractor once the lock has been set 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 8 If your vehicle has the passenger sensing system and the airbag is off the off indicator will be lit and stay lit in the inside rearview mirror when the key is turned to RUN or START If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehi
332. ntenance receipts Maintenance Record Odometer A Maintenance I or Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer R Maintenance I or 6 20 Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 00005 7 2 Online Owner Center cccceeceeee cece sence 7 3 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users ceceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 4 Customer Assistance Offices ccccceee eens 7 4 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 5 Roadside Service cccccccececceeeeeeeaseeeeeeeeees 7 5 Courtesy Transportation ccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 7 7 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders ersan irpreni e aaae o iir 7 8 Collision Damage Repair eceeeeeeeneeeeenes 7 10 Customer Assistance and Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and
333. nter and the cruise control will automatically disengage 4 11 When road conditions allow you to use cruise again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 3 12 StabiliTrak may also turn off automatically if it determines that a problem exists with the system If the problem does not clear itself after restarting the vehicle you should see your dealer for service Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information All Wheel Drive AWD System With this feature engine power is sent to all four wheels when extra traction is needed This is like four wheel drive but there is no separate lever or switch to engage or disengage the front axle It is fully automatic and adjusts itself as needed for road conditions Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort 4 12 Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no trac
334. nty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer s booklet included with your vehicle s Owner s Manual 5 57 20 Inch Tires FC SPEC 115 If your vehicle has the optional 20 inch P275 55R20 S size tires they are classified as touring tires and A5 75R 16 are designed for on road use The low profile wide tread design is not recommended for off road driving See Off Road Driving on page 4 17 for additional information ars DOT MAL Gage se Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into the sidewall The following illustrations are examples of a typical P Metric and a LT Metric tire sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A Tire Size The tire size code is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail 5 58 B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identificat
335. o be provided and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more You should buckle your seat belt This chime and light will be repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion LZ See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 54 for more information on driver and passenger safety belt reminders If the driver s belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 82 for more information Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensors the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 74 This light will come on when you start your vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds Then the light should go out This means the system is ready e N If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not infla
336. o block glare Detach the sun visor from the center mount and slide it along the rod from side to side to cover the driver or passenger side of the front window Swing the sun visor to the side to cover the side window It can be moved along the rod from side to side in this position also Sun Visors with Fixed Rod and Pull out Extension Your vehicle may have this feature Pull the sun visor down to block glare Pull the sun visor extender out for additional coverage Detach the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side to cover the side window Lighted Visor Vanity Mirror Your vehicle has lighted visor vanity mirrors on both the drivers and passenger s sun visors Pull the sun visor down and lift the mirror cover to turn the lamps on Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent Your vehicle has a content theft deterrent alarm system The security light is located on the instrument panel cluster See Security Light on page 3 47 for additional information To activate the theft deterrent system do the following 1 Close all the doors 2 Lock the door with the remote keyless entry transmitter The security light should come on and flash If the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed
337. o if you are involved in an accident e Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured e If there has been an injury call 911 for help Do not leave the scene of an accident until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer e Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the accident Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the accident This will help guard against post accident legal action e Ifyou need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Service on page 7 5 for more information e If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number e Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle 7 11 e Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance c
338. o it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt Adjust your head restraint so that the top of the restraint is closest to the top of your head This position propery reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash Pull the head restraint up to raise it Push the head Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle restraint down to lower it is moving Each front head restraint can also be tilted forward to four positions by pulling on it A click will sound after each tilt position is reached Pull the head restraint forward past the last position to release it to the upright position The rear seat head restraints are also adjustable up and down but they do not tilt Rear Seats Rear Seat Operation Entering or Exiting the Third Row Seats Regular Models If your vehicle has the 60 40 Split Bench seat in the second row you must flip and fold the second row seat following the instructions later in this section See 60 40 Split Bench Seat Second Row on page 1 11 To exit the third row seat with no assistance do the following 1 8 1 Reach over the second row seat and pull up on the
339. o keep vehicle speed under control 4 25 Q Are there some things should not do when driving down a hill A Yes These are important because if you ignore them you could lose control and have a serious accident e When driving downhill avoid turns that take you across the incline of the hill A hill that is not too steep to drive down may be too steep to drive across You could roll over if you do not drive straight down e Never go downhill with the transmission in NEUTRAL N This is called free wheeling The brakes will have to do all the work and could overheat and fade Am likely to stall when going downhill rO It is much more likely to happen going uphill But if it happens going downhill here is what to do 1 Stop your vehicle by applying the regular brakes Apply the parking brake 2 Shift to PARK P and while still braking restart the engine 4 26 3 Shift back to a low gear release the parking brake and drive straight down 4 If the engine will not start get out and get help Driving Across an Incline Sooner or later an off road trail will probably go across the incline of a hill If this happens you have to decide whether to try to drive across the incline Here are some things to consider e A hill that can be driven straight up or down may be too steep to drive across When you go straight up or down a hill the length of the wheel base the distance from the fron
340. o labels on your vehicle show how much weight it was designed to carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification Tire label A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle 4 46 Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker The tire and loading information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 57 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 64 There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification Tire label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear
341. o the other side of the tape This function is inactive if the front seat passengers are listening to a cassette tape When a CD is playing press this button to go to the beginning of the CD This function is inactive if the front seat passengers are listening to a CD When a CD is playing in the six disc CD changer press this button to select the next CD if multiple CDs are loaded This function is inactive if the front seat passengers are listening to a CD CD Changer The CD changer plays up to six standard size CDs continuously Individual CDs may be loaded or ejected into or from any position An amber light on each numbered button indicates a CD is loaded in the respective position A green light on a numbered button indicates that a CD is playing When loading CDs the loading slot indicators turn green to indicate that the player is ready to accept a CD CDs can be loaded or ejected with the radio or the ignition off You must load CDs with the label side up If you do not the player will automatically eject the CDs Notice Loading CDs with adhesive labels will damage the player 3 99 To load a CD perform the following steps 1 2 Press the LOAD button Available positions will blink green Select a position by pressing the numbered button with the green blinking light If a button is not pressed within five seconds the changer will go to the lowest available position
342. of the low oil pressure has been corrected Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced by your GM dealer PASSENGER DOOR AJAR If the passenger s door is not fully closed and the vehicle is in a drive gear this message will appear on the display and you will hear a chime Stop and turn off the vehicle check the door for obstacles and close the door again Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display 3 58 REAR ACCESS OPEN If the liftgate is open while the ignition is in RUN this message will appear on the DIC and you will hear a chime Turn off the vehicle and check the liftgate Restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display REDUCED ENGINE POWER This message is displayed and you will hear a chime when the cooling system temperature gets too hot and the engine further enters the engine coolant protection mode See Engine Overheating on page 5 24 for further information You may also see this message when the vehicle determines a problem with the electronic throttle control See your GM dealer for service REPLACE LIFTGATE FUSE This message will be displayed if the liftgate lock malfunctions and or the liftga
343. ompany and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle e If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the accident They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable e Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a GM dealer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time e Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity 7 12 Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember
344. on page 5 11 Automatic Transmission Fluid Dipstick See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 5 19 Engine Cooling Fan See Cooling System on page 5 27 Remote Negative Terminal GND See Jump Starting on page 5 38 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 38 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Out of View See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 32 Brake Fluid Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 34 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 111 Battery See Battery on page 5 37 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 33 Engine Oil If the CHECK OIL LEVEL message appears on the Driver Information Center DIC it means you need to check your engine oil level right away For more information see CHECK OIL LEVEL under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 54 You should check your engine oil level regularly this is an added reminder Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check your engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 10 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do
345. on t go over the GVWR or GAWR If you are using a weight distributing hitch weigh the vehicle without the spring bars in place You ll get the best performance if you spread out the weight of your load the right way and if you choose the correct hitch and trailer brakes For more information see Towing a Trailer on page 4 53 4 65 4 NOTES 4 66 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE snein a e E E Ei 5 3 Accessories and Modifications eee 5 3 California Proposition 65 Warning 008 5 3 Doing Your Own Service Work 28 5 4 Adding Equipment to the Outside of YOU VENICE sirepan a nts 5 4 Fuel oa en a ER E 5 4 Gasoline Octane s iccnscssarcensidcsaectesteacvereens canes 5 4 Gasoline Specifications ccceeeeeeeeeneeeeen tees 5 5 Califonia Fuel siss aises nipone coals oe Enia 5 5 AGOIUVOS rori siia aana ae aaia 5 5 Fuels in Foreign Countries sceeeeeeneeeeeees 5 6 Filling the Tank searssmienoae eai 5 6 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 0 0 5 8 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 8 Hood Release iisisite tees pta lanyard 5 9 Engine Compartment Overview 5 5 10 Engine Oil ic istaceneddetaraiecscdtatadete chan aE eiei 5 11 Engine Oil Life System eeeeeeeee eee eeee ees 5 14 Engine Air Cleaner Filter c eeeeeeeeeeneee ees 5 16 Automatic Transmission Fluid
346. on the CD changer Press the TAPE CD button on the radio The CD changer will go to its last played position CD Functions All of the CD changer functions are performed by the radio except for loading and ejecting 1 PREV Previous Press this pushbutton to go to beginning of the current track if more than eight seconds have played If this pushbutton is held or pressed more than once the player will continue moving backward through the CD 2 NEXT Press this pushbutton to go to the next track If this pushbutton is held or pressed more than once the player will continue moving forward through the CD 3 REV Reverse Press and hold this pushbutton to reverse quickly within a track Release it to play the passage The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display 4 FWD Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to advance quickly within a track Release it to play the passage The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display 5 Q SIDE Press this pushbutton to select a CD The CD number and track number will appear on the display 6 RDM Random Press and release this pushbutton to hear all of the tracks on all of the loaded CDs in random rather than sequential order RDM ALL will appear on the display Press and hold this pushbutton to hear the tracks on the current CD in random rather than sequential order You will hear a beep and RDM ONE will appear on the display Press this pushbutton again
347. on the display the cassette tape player needs to be cleaned It will still play tapes but it should be cleaned as soon as possible to prevent damage to the tapes and player If there is a reduction in sound quality try a known good cassette to see if the tape or the tape player is at fault If this other cassette has no improvement in sound quality clean the tape player For best results use a scrubbing action non abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub the tape head as the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn The recommended cleaning cassette is available through your dealer When cleaning the cassette tape player with the recommended non abrasive cleaning cassette it is possible that the cassette may eject because the cut tape detection feature on the radio may recognize it as a broken tape in error To prevent the cleaning cassette from being ejected use the following steps 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Turn the radio off 3 Press and hold the TAPE DISC button for five seconds READY will appear on the display and the cassette symbol will flash for five seconds 4 Insert the scrubbing action cleaning cassette 5 Eject the cleaning cassette after the manufacturer s recommended cleaning time When the cleaning cassette has been ejected the cut tape detection feature will be active again A non scrubbing action wet type cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean the tape head can be used
348. on the ground Your vehicle is not designed to be towed with any of the wheels on the ground If your vehicle must be towed see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 52 Towing a Trailer Do not tow a trailer during break in See New Vehicle Break In on page 2 16 for more information A CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle Notice Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this part and see your dealer for important information about towing a trailer with your vehicle To identify the trailering capacity of your vehicle you should read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used prope
349. ont passenger airbag Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for your airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders on page 7 8 Let only qualified technicians work on your airbag system Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly See your dealer for service 1 81 Passenger Sensing System If your rearview mirror has one of the indicators pictured in the following illustrations your vehicle has a passenger sensing system The indicator will be visible when you turn your ignition key to START or RUN The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible on the rearview mirror during the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 36 If your rearview mirror does not have either of the indicators pictured then your vehicle does not have the passenger sensing system PASSENGER AIR BAG ogame ON Passenger Airbag Sta
350. op Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors 2 Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Third Row Regular Model Third Row Extended Model b Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors t Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors 1 61 For Regular models see the information following for installing a child restraint with a top tether in the third row if you vehicle has one Never install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor For models with a second row bench seat the rear right side passenger and center seating positions have exposed metal anchors located in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion For models with second row bucket seats both rear seating positions have exposed metal anchors located in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion For Regular models the top tether anchors are located at the bottom rear of the seat cushion for each seating position in the second row Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed 1 62 Second Row Seat Regular Models For Extended models with a bench or bucket second row seating the top tether anchors are loca
351. or passing and you are e Going less than about 35 mph 55 km h push your accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down You will shift down to the next gear and have more power DRIVE D can be used when towing a trailer carrying a heavy load driving on steep hills or for off road driving You may want to shift the transmission to THIRD 3 or if necessary a lower gear selection if the transmission shifts too often THIRD 3 This position is also used for normal driving however it offers more power and lower fuel economy than DRIVE D SECOND 2 This position gives you more power but lower fuel economy You can use SECOND 2 on hills It can help control your speed as you go down steep mountain roads but then you would also want to use your brakes off and on 2 22 If you manually select SECOND 2 the transmission will drive in second gear You may use this feature for reducing the speed of the rear wheels when you are trying to start your vehicle from a stop on slippery road surfaces Once the vehicle is moving shift into DRIVE D FIRST 1 This position gives you even more power but lower fuel economy than SECOND 2 You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in FIRST 1 while the vehicle is moving forward the vehicle will not shift into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly en
352. oth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Wood Panels Use a clean cloth moistened in warm soapy water use mild dish washing soap Dry the wood immediately with a clean cloth 5 100 Speaker Covers Vacuum around a speaker cover gently so that the speaker will not be damaged Clean spots with just water and mild soap Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clea
353. ou don t have anti lock brakes and there s a problem with your regular brakes In addition to both lights you will also hear a chime sound on the first occurrence of a problem and each time the vehicle is shut off and then restarted See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 39 Low Tire Pressure Warning Light This light and a chime will come on along with the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE message in the DIC o when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated This light will also come on briefly when you start the engine See CHECK TIRE PRESSURE under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 54 for more information Stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle s certification tire label See Tires on page 5 57 for more information on your vehicle s tires Traction Off Light If you have the StabiliTrak system this light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition to RUN If the light doesn t come on then the system may require service have it fixed so it will be there to warn you if the system is turned off For more information on the traction off light see StabiliTrak System on page 4 9 3 41 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage United States Canada This gage shows the engine coolant temperature It also provides an indicator of how hard your vehicle is working During a majority of the operation the ga
354. ou have any doubt about the steepness do not drive the hill 4 21 Approaching a Hill When you approach a hill you need to decide if it is one of those hills that is just too steep to climb descend or cross Steepness can be hard to judge On a very small hill for example there may be a smooth constant incline with only a small change in elevation where you can easily see all the way to the top On a large hill the incline may get steeper as you near the top but you may not see this because the crest of the hill is hidden by bushes grass or shrubs 4 22 Here are some other things to consider as you approach a hill Is there a constant incline or does the hill get sharply steeper in places Is there good traction on the hillside or will the surface cause tire slipping Is there a straight path up or down the hill so you will not have to make turning maneuvers Are there obstructions on the hill that can block your path such as boulders trees logs or ruts What is beyond the hill Is there a cliff an embankment a drop off a fence Get out and walk the hill if you do not know It is the smart way to find out Is the hill simply too rough Steep hills often have ruts gullies troughs and exposed rocks because they are more susceptible to the effects of erosion Driving Uphill Once you decide you can safely drive up the hill you need to take some special steps e Use a low gear and get a firm
355. ough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place On cold days approximately 32 F 0 C or colder your transmission is designed to shift differently until the engine reaches normal operating temperature This is intended to improve heater performance Tow Haul Mode Your vehicle is equipped with a tow haul mode The button for this feature is located on the end of the column shift lever You can use this feature to assist when towing or hauling a heavy load See Tow Haul Mode under Towing a Trailer on page 4 53 for more information The tow haul mode also interacts with the Road Sensing Suspension RSS feature to enhance the ride when trailering or with a loaded vehicle See Road Sensing Suspension on page 4 9 Parking Brake To set the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down with your right foot Push down the parking brake pedal with your left foot A chime will activate and the warning light will flash when the parking brake is applied and the vehicle is moving at least 3 mph 5 km h for at least three seconds RY To release the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down Pull the bottom edge of the lever located above the parking brake pedal with the parking brake symbol to release the
356. ound on the vehicle CAUTION POSSIBLE INJURY PROTECT EYES BY SHIELDING CAUSTIC BATTERY ACID COULD CAUSE BURNS AVOID SPARKS OR FLAMES SPARK OR FLAME COULD EXPLODE BATTERY LATCH BOTH LAP AND SHOULDER BELTS TO PROTECT OCCUPANT DO NOT TWIST SAFETY B BELT WHEN ATTACHING MOVE SEAT FULLY REARWARD SECURE CHILD SEAT FASTEN SEAT BELTS 3 I lt 5 PULL BELT out a COMPLETELY THEN SECURE We Paw CHILD SEAT power ka x winpow AIRBAG DO NOT INSTALL A REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN THIS SEATING POSITION DO NOT INSTALL A FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN THIS SEATING POSITION DOOR LOCK UNLOCK MASTER S7 ENGINE LIGHTING SWITCH COOLANT 2 TEMP TURN SIGNALS im BATTERY SYSTEM PARKING An LAMPS 00 swe T HAZARD WARNING FLASHER COOLANT DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS ENGINE OIL PRESSURE W7 ANTI LOCK BRAKES TIRE PRESSURE FUSE BOX ENGINE COOLANT FAN OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL 4 NOTES vi Section 1 Front Seats l a nenien eceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 1 3 Power SCAUS orinter eaa e 1 3 Power LUMA ccceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeees 1 4 Heated Seats cccceceececeecececeeseeeeseeaeeeeeees 1 4 Heated and Cooled Seats cceeeeeeee ees 1 5 Reclining Seatbacks 2 1 2 0 ccceeeeeeeeeneeeeen eee eenes 1 6 Head Restraints ceccceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 7 Rear
357. our vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If you want to do some of your own service work you will want to use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 14 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 86 5 4 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record on page 6 17 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This may cause wind noise and affect windshield washer performance Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle Gasoline Octane Use premium unleaded gasol
358. parking lamps are manually turned on and your key is out of the ignition To turn off the chime turn the headlamp switch to off or AUTO and then back on In the AUTO mode the headlamps turn off once the ignition is in LOCK or may remain on until the headlamp delay ends if enabled in the DIC Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The DRL system will come on when the following conditions are met e The ignition is on e the exterior lamps control is in AUTO e the transmission is not in PARK P and e the light sensor determines it is daytime When the DRL are on only your DRL lamps will be on The taillamps sidemarker and other lamps won t be on The instrument panel won t be lit up either When it begins to get dark the automatic headlamp system will switch from DRL to the headlamps As with any vehicle you should turn on the regular headlamp system when you need it Automatic Headlamp System When it is dark enough outside and the headlamp switch is in AUTO your automatic headlamp system will turn on your headlamps at the normal brightness along with other lamps such as the taillamps sid
359. partially disengages If your vehicle is equipped with electric cooling fans you may hear the fans spinning at low speed during most everyday driving The fans may turn off if no cooling is required Under heavy vehicle loading trailer towing and or high outside temperatures or if you are operating your air conditioning system the fans change to high speed and you may hear an increase in fan noise This is normal and indicates that the cooling system is functioning properly The fans will change to low speed when additional cooling is no longer required 5 31 Power Steering Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 10 for reservoir location AAAA AR When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired 5 32 How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid do the following 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The level should be at the FULL COLD mark If necessary add only enough fluid to bring the level up to the mark
360. ped by the snow e Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful 4 42 A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking your exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with your headlamps Let the heater run for a while Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But
361. pending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the passenger s airbag CAUTION Continued vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 35 for more on this including important safety information Aftermarket equipment such as seat covers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates You may want to consider not using seat covers or other aftermarket equipment if your vehicle has the passenger sensing system See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 86 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates A CAUTION diii A CAU
362. perly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint There are several systems for securing the child within the child restraint One system the three point harness has straps that come down over each of the infant s shoulders and buckle together at the crotch The five point harness system has two shoulder straps two hip straps and a crotch strap A shield may take the place of hip straps A T shaped shield has shoulder straps that are attached to a flat pad which rests low against the child s body A shelf or armrest type shield has straps that are attached to a wide shelf like shield that swings up or to the side A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Make sure the child is properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint Because there are different systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint A child can be endangered in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint 1 57 Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing
363. r To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may the following occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the not be covered by your warranty Always connect vehicle that had the dead battery and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the each other or other metal vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the positive remote terminal cover if equipped to its original position Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal 5 42 All Wheel Drive Transfer Case Be sure to perform the lubricant checks described in this section There are two additional systems that need lubrication When to Check Lubricant Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often to check the lubricant See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 How to Check Lubricant A Drain Plug B Filler Plug To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be ona level surface If the level is below the bottom of th
364. r keys in the car call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they will get you the help you need A complete OnStar User s Guide and the Terms and Conditions of the OnStar Subscription Service Agreement are included in the vehicle s glove box literature For more information visit www onstar com or www onstar ca Contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or press the OnStar button to speak to an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Terms and conditions of the Subscription Service Agreement can be found at www onstar com or www onstar ca OnStar Services The OnStar Directions and Connections Plan is included on new vehicles for the first year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year to meet your needs For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Directions and Connections Plan e Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment e Emergency Services e Roadside Assistance e Stolen Vehicle Tracking e AccidentAssist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert e Remote Diagnostics e Online Concierge e Driving Directions e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services OnStar Personal Calling As an OnStar subscriber the Personal Calling capability allows you to make hands free calls using a wireless system that is integrated into the vehicle
365. r vehicle needs service Turn off the engine Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 26 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank If you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the surge tank If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL COLD mark add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank but be sure the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool before you do it See Engine Coolant on page 5 21 for more information If no coolant is visible in the surge tank add coolant as follows A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the radiator pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the radiator pressure c
366. r will appear on the display If this pushbutton is held or pressed more than once the player will continue moving forward through the CD 3 83 3 REV Reverse Press and hold this pushbutton to quickly reverse within a track Press and hold this pushbutton for less than two seconds to reverse at six times the normal playing speed Press and hold it for more than two seconds to reverse at 17 times the normal playing speed Release this pushbutton to play the passage ET and the elapsed time of the track will appear on the display 4 FWD Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to quickly advance within a track Press and hold this pushbutton for less than two seconds to advance at six times the normal playing speed Press and hold it for more than two seconds to advance at 17 times the normal playing speed Release this pushbutton to play the passage ET and the elapsed time of the track will appear on the display 6 RDM Random Press this pushbutton to hear the tracks in random rather than sequential order RDM ON will appear on the display RDM T and the track number will appear on the display when each track starts to play Press this pushbutton again to turn off random play RDM OFF will appear on the display Ki SEEK D Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current or to the previous track Press the right arrow to go to the start of the next track If either arrow is held or pressed more than once the pl
367. r windshield washer fluid reservoir filled with washer fluid Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield or when strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause accidents They will not work as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash apply your brake pedal lightly until your brakes work normally Driving too fast through large water puddles or even going through some car washes can cause problems too The water may affect your brakes Try to avoid puddles But if you cannot try to slow down before you hit them Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous So much water can build up under your tires that they can actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road Hydroplaning does not happen often But it can if your tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or more is low It can happen if a lot of water is standing on the road If you can see reflections from trees telephone poles or other vehicles and raindrops dimple the water s surface there could be hydroplaning Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds There just is not a hard and fast rule about hydroplani
368. radio will go to a station play for a few seconds then go on to the next station Press either the SCAN or the TYPE arrows again to stop scanning To scan preset stations press and hold either the SCAN or the TYPE arrows for more than four seconds PSCN will appear on the display and you will hear a double beep The radio will go to a preset station play for a few seconds then go on to the next preset station Press either the SCAN or the TYPE arrows again to stop scanning presets The radio will only scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band Setting Preset Stations Up to 30 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM six XM1 and six XM2 if equipped can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until you hear a beep Whenever that numbered pushbutton is pressed the station that was set will return for that pushbutton 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton To store an equalization setting to a preset station perform the following 1 Tune to the preset station 2 Press and release the AUTO EQ button to select the equalization setting Once the equalization no longer appears on the display the equalization will be set for that preset station 3 73 Setting the Tone Bass Treble AUDI
369. rake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality GM brake parts When you replace parts of your braking system for example when your brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved GM replacement parts If you do not your brakes may no longer work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between your front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery get one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label We recommend an ACDelco replacement battery See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 10 for battery location Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling Vehicle Storage If you are not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days or more remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep your battery from running down A CAUTION
370. ration a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Visually inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking Replace wiper blades that appear worn or damaged or that streak or miss areas of the windshield e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also look for any opened or broken airbag coverings and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance f Lubricate all key lock cylinders hood latch assembly secondary latch pivots spring anchor release pawl rear compartment hinges outer tailgate handle pivot points latch bolt fuel door hinge and folding seat hardware More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g Inspect system Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper hook up routing and condition Check that the purge valve works properly if equipped Replace as needed h Change automatic transmis
371. rature Gage on page 3 42 3 62 TRANSMISSION HOT Notice If you drive your vehicle while the transmission fluid is overheating and the transmission temperature warning is displayed on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC you can damage the transmission This could lead to costly repairs that would not be covered by your warranty Do not drive your vehicle with overheated transmission fluid or while the transmission temperature warning is displayed If the transmission fluid temperature becomes high this message will appear on the DIC display When the transmission enters the protection mode you may notice a change in the transmission shifting patterns When the transmission fluid temperature returns to normal the display will turn off and the transmission shifting patterns will return to normal If the vehicle has the Tow Haul mode use this feature if the transmission is operating at higher temperatures and or the following situations exist which can cause the transmission to operate at higher temperatures e Towing a trailer e Hot outside air temperatures e Hauling a large or heavy load e Over loading e Low transmission fluid level e High transmission fluid level e Restricted air flow to the radiator A temporary solution to hotter transmission operating temperatures may be to let the transmission cool down If the transmission is operated at higher temperatures on a frequent basis see Scheduled Maintenance o
372. rd Row If your vehicle has a full bench seat the seatback can be folded and the entire seat can be tilted or removed from the vehicle Folding the Seatback To fold the seatback do the following Pull up on the release lever labeled 1 located on the rear of the seatback and push the seatback forward be Z Unfolding the Seatback Tilting the Bench Seat To return the seatback to an upright position do the The seat can be tilted forward to provide additional following cargo space 1 Pull up on the release lever labeled 1 located on To tilt the seat do the following the rear of the seatback Then pull up on the 1 Open the liftgate to access the controls for the seat seatback until it locks into the upright position and enter the rear of the vehicle 2 Make sure the head restraints are completely A CAUTION lowered 3 Fold the seatback forward using the instructions n listed under Folding the Seatback previously If the seatback is not locked it could move You will not be able to unlatch the seat from the forward in a sudden stop or crash That could floor unless the seatback is folded down cause injury to the person sitting there Always 4 Unlatchthe seat trom push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is the floor by pulling up locked on the lever labeled 2 located on the rear of the seat 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure that it is locked 5 Lift the rear of the seat up fro
373. rd as possible and against the side rails making sure to fasten it securely Don t exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading your vehicle For more information on vehicle capacity and loading see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 2 43 To prevent damage or loss of cargo as you re leaving check now and then to make sure the luggage and cargo are still securely fastened Be sure the cargo is properly loaded e f small heavy objects are placed on the roof cut a piece of 3 8 inch plywood to fit inside the crossrails and siderails to spread the load If plywood is used tie it to the siderail supports e Tie the load to the crossrails or the siderail supports Use the crossrails only to keep the load from sliding To move a crossrail turn the release knobs on both sides of the rail counterclockwise to loosen it Slide the crossrail to the desired position balancing the force side to side Turn the release knobs on both sides of the rail clockwise to tighten it and try to slide the crossrail back and forth slightly to be sure it is tight e If you need to carry long items move the crossrails as far apart as they will go Tie the load to the crossrails and the siderails or siderail supports Also tie the load to the bumpers Do not tie the load so tightly that the crossrails or siderails are damaged e After moving a crossrail be sure it is securely locked into the siderail 2 44 Your vehicle has a Center High
374. re Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked Tilting the 50 50 Split Bench Seat s The seat s can be tilted forward for additional cargo space To tilt the seat do the following 1 Open the liftgate to access the controls for the 50 50 seat s 2 Make sure the head restraints are completely lowered 3 Fold the seatbacks forward using the instructions listed under Folding the Seatbacks previously You will not be able to unlatch the seat from the floor unless the seatback is folded down 4 Unlatch the seat from the floor by pulling up on the lever labeled 2 located next to the carrying handle at the rear of the seat 5 Lift the rear of the seat up from the floor 6 Tilt the seat fully forward and lock it into place 7 Push and pull on the seat Put the seat in this position only when necessary for additional cargo space Returning the 50 50 Split Bench Seat s from a Tilted Position To return the seat to the normal seating position do the following 1 Open the liftgate to access the controls for the 50 50 seat s 2 Pull the lever labeled 3 toward you 3 While still holding the lever 3 toward you grasp the top of the seat and pull it toward you slightly 4 Let go of lever 3 and pull the seat completely down 5 Push down on the seat firmly Try pulling it up to make sure it is locked in p
375. re To resume the auto recirculation function press the AUTO button Each time the vehicle is started the system will revert to the auto recirculation function If you select recirculation while in defrost defog or floor the light in the button will flash and then go out to let you know that this is not allowed This is normal and helps to prevent fogging When the weather is cool or damp operating the system in recirculation for extended periods of time may cause fogging of the vehicle s windows To clear the fog select either defog or front defrost You may also notice that the A C compressor will run while in recirculation mode This is normal and helps to prevent fogging 3 Air Conditioning Press this button to turn the air conditioning A C compressor on and off The snowflake symbol will appear on the display when the A C is on and will turn off when the air conditioning is off Pressing this button when the outside temperature is too cool for air conditioning to be effective will make the snowflake symbol flash three times and then turn off to let you know that the air conditioning mode is not available If the air conditioning is on and the outside temperature drops below a temperature which is too cool for air conditioning to be effective the snowflake symbol will turn off to let you know that the air conditioning mode has been canceled When air conditioning is selected or in AUTO mode the system will run the
376. re on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle 5 79 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Regular Models Rear Access Panel A Retaining Bracket D Wheel Blocks Extended Models and Wing Nut E Jack A Knob F Mounting Bracket B Tool Kit and F Knob B Removable G Wing Nut Retaining Jack Tools Storage Tray Wheel Blocks C Wing Nut Retaining C Retaining Hook H Wheel Blocks Wheel Blocks D Retaining Bracket Jack and Wing Nut E Tool Kit and Jack Tools 5 80 On the regular models the equipment is located on the driver s side of the vehicle behind the left trim panel in the rear of the vehicle Unlatch the release lever to open the trim panel door Skip the first step and follow the last three On the extended models the equipment you will need is under the storage tray on the driver s side of the vehicle in the trim panel 1 Remove the tray to access the tools 2 Remove the wing nut used to retain the tool kit by turning it counterclockwise 3 Turn the knob on the jack counterclockwise to release the jack from its holder and to lower the jack head 4 Remove the wheel blocks and the wheel block retainer by turning the wing nut counterclockwise You will use the jack handle extensions and the wheel wrench to remove the underbody mounted spare tire A m mM00OW Spare Tire G Hoist Shaft Valve Stem Access Hole Pointed Down H Wheel Wrench Hoist Asse
377. re graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning Th
378. reater at a level of 0 15 percent the chance is 25 times greater The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up I will be careful is not the right answer What if there is an emergency a need to take sudden action as when a child darts into the street A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able to react quickly enough to avoid the collision There is something else about drinking and driving that many people do not know Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Please do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want it to go They are the brakes the steering and the accelerator A
379. reenrnrneen 5 97 Cleaning cont Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces crmiiivesesr sedecsetereeceeeeses 5 100 leather ecieda2 vace dete nanan esta diesse E N aA 5 99 Speaker Covers ccceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeaes 5 100 TIMES cerre a a E e AEE EES 5 103 Underbody Maintenance 5 103 Washing Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 101 Weathersttips ccs secacssseccatdecs seteneannandawespeins 5 100 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades 5 102 Wood Panels ssdvctncnicaetee snan 5 100 Climate Control System Dual Automati scc0cscc csedtwesiiectieecectncreieceten 3 24 Outlet Adjustment cceeeeeeeeee eee eeee eee eeees 3 29 ROAM ssc cchcb lid nadatad meat ieee a E E EE 3 30 GCIOCK aeiiae erR cytes AEE E E O TAA 3 23 Collision Damage Repair e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 10 Comfort Guides Rear Safety Belt 0 1 45 Content Theft Deterrent eceeeeeeeeeeeeee renee 2 14 Control of a Vehicle cc eeceeeeeee eee eee eee eee een eens 4 5 Convenience Net cccceeeeeeeeeneeeeea eee eeneeaes 2 44 Coolant Engine Temperature Gage eeeeeeeeneee ees 3 42 Heater Engine c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 19 Surge Tank Pressure Cap cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 24 Gooled Seats ierse nne ETE ran 1 5 1 10 Cooling System 20 00 cceeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeee teeta eeaes 5 27 Cruise Control J iis ciatasdeenncteedewnctdans
380. rface and slow down when you have any doubt Remember Any Anti Lock Brake System ABS helps avoid only the braking skid Off Road Driving This off road guide is for vehicles that have all wheel drive If your vehicle does not have all wheel drive or if it has 20 inch tire wheel assemblies you should not drive off road unless you are on a level solid surface See Tires on page 5 57 Many of the same design features that help make your vehicle responsive on paved roads during poor weather conditions features like all wheel drive help make it much better suited for off road use lts higher ground clearance also helps your vehicle step over some off road obstacles But your vehicle does not have features like special underbody shielding and a transfer case low gear range things that are usually thought necessary for extended or severe off road service Also see Braking on page 4 6 Off road driving can be great fun But it does have some definite hazards The greatest of these is the terrain itself Off roading means you have left the North American road system behind Traffic lanes are not marked Curves are not banked There are no road signs Surfaces can be slippery rough uphill or downhill In short you have gone right back to nature Off road driving involves some new skills And that is why it is very important that you read this guide You will find many driving tips and suggestions These wil
381. rious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to your warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As you will see in the details on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they re working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens 3 32 Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you Know when there s a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on when you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your warning lights and gages They re a big help Your vehicle also has a Driver Information Center DIC that works along with the warning lights and gages See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 50 Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You ll know how fast you re going about how much fuel you have and many other things you ll need to know to drive safely and
382. rk Assist system the driver must check carefully before backing up The system does not operate above typical backing speeds of 3 mph 5 km h while parking And the system does not detect objects that are more than 5 feet 1 5 meters behind the vehicle So unless you check carefully behind you before and when you back up you could strike children pedestrians bicyclists or pets behind you and they could be injured or killed Whether or not you are using rear park assist always check carefully behind your vehicle before you back up and then watch closely as you do How the System Works Unless disabled the URPA will turn on automatically when the shift lever is moved into REVERSE R When the system turns on the three lights on the display will illuminate for one and a half seconds to let you know that the system is working If your vehicle is moving in REVERSE R at a speed greater than 3 mph 5 km h the red light will flash to remind you that the system does not work at a speed greater than 3 mph 5 km h If an object is detected at a REVERSE R speed of less than 3 mph 5 km h one of the following will occur A chime will sound the first time an object is detected between 20 inches 0 5 m and 5 feet 1 5 m away Description English Metric amber light amberlamber lighis amber amber red lights amp F amber amber red lights flashing amp continuous chime URPA cannot detect objects that are a
383. rly That s the reason for this part In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer 4 53 If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you do here are some important points e There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you ll be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police e Consider using a sway control See Hitches later in this section e Don t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles 800 km your new vehicle is driven Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer don t drive over 50 mph 80 km h and don t make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads e You can tow in DRIVE D You may want to shift the transmission to THIRD 3 or if necessary a lower gear selection if the transmission shifts too often e g under heavy loads and or hilly conditions See Tow Haul Mode next 4 54 Three important considerations have to do with weight e the weight of the trailer e the weight of the trailer tongue e and the weight on your vehicle s
384. rmation When locking the doors with the power lock switch or the remote keyless entry transmitter and a door or the liftgate is open the delayed locking feature will delay locking the doors and liftgate until five seconds after the last door is closed Press the customization button until DOOR LOCK DELAY appears in the display To select your preference for delayed locking press the select button while DOOR LOCK DELAY is displayed on the DIC Pressing the select button will scroll through the following choices DOOR LOCK DELAY OFF default The doors will lock immediately when pressing the power lock switch or the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter DOOR LOCK DELAY ON The doors will not lock until five seconds after the last door or the liftgate is closed You will hear three chimes to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use You can temporarily override delayed locking by pressing the lock button on the door or the remote keyless entry transmitter a second time Choose one of the available options and press the customization button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it and move on to the next feature This feature will not operate if the key is in the ignition Lock Feedback Press the customization button until LOCK FEEDBACK appears in the display To select your preference for the feedback you receive when locking the vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter press the select
385. roblem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses circuit breakers and fusible thermal links This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and don t have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can 5 107 Instrument Panel Fuse Block CRA WPA seoaccy Twswer TecAccy Coens Cw R HVAC 1 CRUISE The fuse block access door is located on the driver s side edge of the instrument panel Pull off the cover to access the fuse block ee b e POM ia iGNO TBCIGNO VEHCHMSi TAR Li TAN HTM fees ce RTTRN VEH STOP Ce ee few aie esc ae TBC 2C HAZRD LT DRS a To remove fuses if you don t have a fuse extractor hold the end of the fuse between your thumb and index finger and pull straight out RR Wiper Rear Window Wiper Switc
386. roperly inflated e Start the vehicle and rock it to level the suspension Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle low beam headlamps The high beam headlamps will be correctly aimed if the low beam headlamps are aimed properly The headlamp aiming devices are under the hood near the headlamps If you believe your headlamps need horizontal H left right adjustment follow the horizontal aiming procedure If you believe your headlamps need only vertical V up down adjustment follow only the vertical aiming procedure Adjustment screws can be turned with an E8 Torx socket or T15 Torx screwdriver Headlamp Horizontal Aiming Turn the horizontal aiming screw A until the indicator B is lined up with zero Once the horizontal aim is adjusted then adjust the vertical aim Headlamp Vertical Aiming 3 At the wall or other flat surface measure from the ground upward the recorded distance from Step 2 Notice Horizontal aiming must be performed and draw or tape a horizontal line the width of before making any adjustments to the vertical aim the vehicle Adjusting the vertical aim first will result in an incorrect headlamp aim To adjust the headlamp veritcal aiming do the following 4 Turn on the low beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being aimed This should allow only the beam of light from the headlamp
387. rse by dirt on the glass Even the inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly Remember that the headlamps light up far less of a roadway when you are in a turn or curve Keep your eyes moving that way it is easier to pick out dimly lighted objects Just as the headlamps should be checked regularly for proper aim so should your eyes be examined regularly Some drivers suffer from night blindness the inability to see in dim light and are not even aware of it 4 31 ii in Rain and on Wet Roads N p y P i is 7 Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble On a wet road you cannot stop accelerate or turn as well because your tire to road traction is not as good as on dry roads And if your tires do not have much tread left you will get even less traction It is always wise to go slower and be cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement 4 32 The heavier the rain the harder it is to see Even if your windshield wiper blades are in good shape a heavy rain can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals pavement markings the edge of the road and even people walking It is wise to keep your wiping equipment in good shape and keep you
388. s A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer to fix it OS L2 rs W hn wher D DIDI A The belt is twisted across the body To unlatch the belt just push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way 1 40 Before you close the door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Right Front Passenger Position To learn how to wear the right front passenger s safety belt properly see Driver Position on page 1 34 The right front passenger s safety belt works the same way as the driver s safety belt except for
389. s If the LATCH system was being used during a more severe crash you may need new LATCH system parts If belts are cut or damaged replace them Collision damage also may mean you will need to have LATCH system safety belt or seat parts repaired or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system was not being used at the time of the collision If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Section 2 Features and Controls KYS aaen a a 2 3 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 16 Remote Keyless Entry System 0 000e 2 4 New Vehicle Break In 2ccceceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 Remote Keyless Entry System Operation 2 5 Ignition POSitiONS issnin n nia 2 17 Doors and LOCKS cccccceecce ee cceeeeeeene ees 2 8 Retained Accessory Power RAP 2 17 Door LOCKS cc0ceccccceseeccceeseeececeeseeeeeeesneeeees 2 8 Starting the Engine cece 2 18 Power Door LOCKS seerne anai ariani enn 2 9 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal 2 19 Delayed Locking cccccssscceccesseeeseeeeeees 2 9 Engine Coolant Heater bitte eeeeeneeneeeseae ns 2 19 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 10 Automatic Transmission Operation 6 2 20 Rear Door Security LOCKS c ccccceseceseeeeesees 2 10 To
390. s The RSE system includes two sets of wireless headphones Each set of headphones has an ON OFF control An indicator light will illuminate on the headphones when they are on If the light does not illuminate the batteries may need to be replaced See Battery Replacement later in this section for more information To turn the headphones off activate the ON OFF control Each set of headphones has a volume knob To adjust the volume adjust this knob The transmitters are located below the video display screen The headphones will shut off automatically if they lose the signal from the system after about four minutes to save battery power The signal may be lost if the system is turned off or if the headphones are out of range of the transmitters When using the wired headphones if the front seat passengers use XM Satellite Radio Service if equipped you will hear the audio for XM instead of the DVD or CD that is currently playing through the RSE Notice Do not store the headphones in heat or direct sunlight This could damage the headphones and repairs will not be covered by your warranty Keep the headphones stored in a cool dry place Both sets of rear seat headphones may include foam ear pads that can be replaced Foam ear pads on these headphones may become worn or damaged The headphone foam ear pads can become damaged if they are not handled or stored properly If the foam ear pads do become damaged
391. s This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle 5 76 A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 78 for more information Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel Tire Chains A CAUTION Do not use tire chains There is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer r
392. s flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the driver s side of the vehicle To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise It will require more effort to turn the fuel cap on the last turn as you loosen it A CAUTION If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 107 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it Clicks It will require more effort to turn the fuel cap on the last turn as you tighten it Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 44 The TIGHTEN FUEL CAP
393. s let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 47 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 5 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt ion W lt A o 4 ECORI ie The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor 1 35 Q What is wrong with this on A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much prote
394. s a dual display in the upper right corner of the mirror face that shows the compass reading and the outside temperature Control buttons for the OnStar system are at the bottom of the mirror See OnStar System on page 2 36 for more information about the services OnStar provides On Off This is the on off button 2 29 Temperature and Compass Display Press the on off button located to the far left briefly to turn the compass temperature display on or off If the display reads CAL the compass needs to be calibrated For more information see Compass Calibration following To adjust between Fahrenheit and Celsius do the following 1 Press and hold the on off button for approximately four seconds until either a flashing F or C appears 2 Press the button again to change the display to the desired unit of measurement After approximately four seconds of inactivity the new unit will be locked in and the compass temperature display will return If an abnormal temperature reading is displayed for an extended period of time please see your GM dealer Under certain circumstances a delay in updating the temperature is normal 2 30 Automatic Dimming Mirror Operation The automatic dimming mirror function is turned on automatically each time the ignition is started To operate the automatic dimming mirror do the following 1 Make sure the green indicator light located to the left of the on off butto
395. s feature The drivers outside mirror will adjust for the glare of the headlamps behind you See Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display on page 2 29 Your vehicle s mirrors will also be capable of performing the curb view assist mirror function This feature will cause the passenger s and or driver s mirror to tilt to a preselected position when the vehicle is in REVERSE R This feature may be useful in allowing you to view the curb when you are parallel parking When the vehicle is shifted out of REVERSE R and a short delay has occurred the passenger s and or driver s mirror will return to its original position To change the preselected tilt position adjust the mirrors to the desired position while the vehicle is in REVERSE R When the vehicle is shifted out of REVERSE R this new position is saved in memory as the tilt position This feature can be enabled disabled through the Driver Information Center See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 63 for more information 2 36 OnStar System OnStar uses global positioning system GPS satellite technology wireless communications and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency where we can request emergency services be sent to your location If you lock you
396. s iana eean 4 52 Traction Off Liot rioaren aa aa S 3 41 Road Sensing Suspension ceeeeeeeeeeeees 4 9 StabiliTrak System cccccceeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeees 4 9 Trailer Recommendations ceceeceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eees 4 65 Transmission Fluid Automatic ccc cc cec ene ee eee eeeeeeeeenees 5 19 Temperature Gage cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen trees 3 42 Transmission Operation Automatic 5 2 20 Trip Odometer cceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 3 34 Turn and Lane Change Signals c eeeeeeees 3 8 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever ceeeeeeeeeee ee 3 7 U Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA 3 20 Understanding Radio Reception 0 3 103 Uniform Tire Quality Grading cceeeeeeeeee ee 5 74 Universal Home Remote System 0 0 2 38 OPS FAO Nis reset en reani anan S eI AAEE 2 39 Vehicle CONWOL aricussdesas na aa a ea 4 5 Damage WarningS siiamaani enea iv Loading serans aseri ione an e EA 4 46 SYMDOIS on nirsasninsnn a innar en ne a iv Vehicle Customization DIC ccccccee ee ee ees 3 63 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders ooreis eenean N Er Eai 7 8 Vehicle Identification Number VIN decaer anaE 5 105 Service Parts Identification Label 5 106 Vehicle Personalization cccceeceeeeeeeeeeees 2 47 Memory Seat enirioins renneri ioral
397. s message is received when tuned to channel 0 there should only be if may be a receiver fault Consult with your GM dealer hardware failure Chk XMRevr Hardware failure If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver may have a fault Consult with your GM dealer 3 79 Playing a Cassette Tape The tape player is built to work best with tapes that are up to 30 to 45 minutes long on each side Tapes longer than that are so thin they may not work well in this player The longer side with the tape visible should face to the right If you hear nothing or hear a garbled sound the tape may not be in squarely Press the eject button to remove the tape and start over If the ignition and radio are off the tape can be inserted but will not play until the ignition and radio are on If the ignition is on and the radio is off the tape can be inserted and will begin playing While the tape is playing use the VOL AUDIO and SEEK controls just as you do for the radio The cassette tape symbol will appear on the display and an arrow showing which side of the tape is playing The tape player will play the other side of the tape when it reaches the end Cassette tape adapter kits for portable CD players will work in the cassette tape player See CD Adapter Kits later for more information The tape bias is set automatically when a metal or chrome tape is inserted If an error appears on the display see
398. s on the DVD player and by the buttons on the remote control See Remote Control later in this section for more information The DVD player power may be turned on when the ignition is in RUN ACCESSORY or when Retained Accessory Power RAP is active The RSE system DVD player is only compatible with DVDs of the appropriate region code for the country that the vehicle was sold in The DVD region code is printed on the jacket of most DVDs Standard audio CDs CD R CD RW Video CD and Photo CD CD R media are fully supported by this DVD player DVD R and DVD RW media is supported if formatted as DVD Video DVD R and DVD RW media may or may not be supported by the DVD player The DVD player does not support DVD RAM DVD ROM and DVD Audio media An error message will appear on the display if this type of media is inserted into the DVD player When using the wired headphones if the front seat passengers use XM Satellite Radio Service if equipped you will hear the audio for XM instead of the DVD or CD that is currently playing through the RSE If an error message appears on the video screen see DVD Messages later in this section 3 89 Panasonic DVD Player Buttons db Power Press this button to turn the RSE system on and off The power indicator light will illuminate when the power is on A Eject Press this button to eject a DVD or CD SRCE Source Press this button to switch between the DV
399. s properly Off Road Recovery You may find that your right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn your steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two lane highway waits for just the right moment accelerates moves around the vehicle ahead then goes back into the right lane again A simple maneuver Not necessarily Passing another vehicle on a two lane highway is a potentially dangerous move since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds A miscalculation an error in judgment or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents the head on collision So here are some tips for passing e Drive ahead Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass wait for a better time e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and li
400. s the same both before and after coupling the trailer to the tow vehicle 4 59 If you ll be pulling a trailer that when loaded will weigh more than 5 000 Ibs 2 270 kg be sure to use a properly mounted weight distributing hitch and sway control of the proper size This equipment is very important for proper vehicle loading and good handling when driving You should always use a sway control if your trailer will weigh more than these limits You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes If your trailer weighs more than 2 000 lbs 900 kg loaded then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly Since your vehicle is equipped with StabiliTrak your trailer brake system cannot tap into the vehicle s hydraulic brake system 4 60 Driving with a Trailer A CAUTION If you have a rear most window open and you pull a trailer with your vehicle carbon monoxide CO could come into your vehicle You can not see or smell CO It c
401. sary See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 5 e If you are still having trouble see your dealer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry System Operation You can lock and unlock your doors from about 3 feet 1 m up to 100 feet 30 m away using the remote keyless entry transmitter supplied with your vehicle A Unlock Press this button once to unlock the driver s door The interior lamps will come on Pressing unlock again within three seconds will cause the remaining doors to unlock You can choose different feedback options for each press of the unlock button See Lock Feedback and Unlock Feedback under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 63 for more information o Lock Press this button once to lock all of the doors Pressing lock again within three seconds may cause the horn to chirp for lock confirmation You can choose different feedback options for each press of the lock button See Lock Feedback and Unlock Feedback under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 63 for more information Panic Press this button to sound the horn and flash the headlamps and taillamps for up to 30 seconds Panic can be turned off by pressing the button again by waiting for 30 seconds or by starting the vehicle 2 5 Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each remote keyless entry transmitter is coded to prevent another transmit
402. select button while LOCK DOORS is displayed on the DIC Pressing the select button will scroll through the following choices LOCK DOORS IN GEAR default The doors will lock when the vehicle is shifted out of PARK P LOCK DOORS WITH SPEED The doors will lock when the vehicle speed is above 8 mph 13 km h for three seconds Choose one of the available options and press the customization button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it and move on to the next feature Unlock Doors Press the customization button until UNLOCK DOORS appears in the display To select your preference for automatic unlocking press the select button while UNLOCK DOORS is displayed on the DIC Pressing the select button will scroll through the following choices UNLOCK DOORS IN PARK default All of the doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P UNLOCK DRIVER IN PARK The driver s door will be unlocked when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P 3 64 UNLOCK DOORS KEY OUT All of the doors will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition UNLOCK DOORS MANUALLY The doors will not be unlocked automatically Choose one of the available options and press the customization button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it and move on to the next feature Door Lock Delay If your DIC does not have this feature you can still program the delayed locking feature See Delayed Locking on page 2 9 for more info
403. sion fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 21 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed k f you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change I Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary m Check vent hose at transfer case for kinks and proper installation Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your GM Goodwrench dealer can assist you with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure
404. sion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full e Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage your washer system and paint 5 33 Brakes Brake Fluid Your brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 10 for the location of the reservoir DOT 3 AR There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake system If it is you should have your brake system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes will not work well or will not work at all 5 34 So it is not a good idea to top off your brake fluid Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak If you add fluid when your linings are worn then you will have too much fluid when you get new brake linings You should add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION If you have too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system See Checking Brake
405. sition Rear Controls The rear seat controls have the following settings D On Off Press this button to turn the rear seat comfort controls on or off when the front overhead control is set to AUX Gi Mode Press this button to select the air delivery mode and AUTO mode Choose AUTO if you want the system to automatically regulate the airflow See Auto Mode later in this section for more information on using this feature F Temperature Press this button up or down to increase or decrease the temperature setting Ag V Fan Press this button up or down to adjust the fan speed Choose AUTO if you want the system to automatically choose the fan speed to maintain a selected temperature See Auto Mode later in this section for more information on using this feature AUTO Mode When using the system in auto mode find your comfort setting by placing the temperature control to 74 F 23 C and allowing about 20 minutes for the system to regulate Then adjust the temperature setting as necessary lf you choose full cold 60 F 15 C the system will remain at the maximum cooling setting If you choose full hot 90 F 32 C the system will remain at the maximum heat setting 3 31 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages on your vehicle The pictures will help you locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes se
406. sly in the DVD player mode pressing the SRCE button on the faceplate or the remote control will switch the RSE system between the auxiliary device and the DVD player How to Change the Video Format when in the Auxiliary Mode The auxiliary input video format is preset to NTSC In some countries the video format may be in PAL system To change the video format perform the following 1 Press the display menu button 2 Press the down arrow button to highlight the Video Format option 3 Press the enter button to select Video Format 4 Press the right or left arrow button to select the desired video format 5 Press the enter button to accept the change 3 88 Audio Output Audio from the DVD player or auxiliary inputs may be heard through the following possible sources e Wireless Headphones e Vehicle Speakers e Vehicle wired headphone jacks on the Rear Seat Audio system if equipped The RSE system will always transmit the audio signal by infrared to the wireless headphones if there is audio available See Headphones previously for more information The RSE system is capable of outputting audio to the vehicle speakers by using the radio The RSE system may be selected as an audio source on the radio if the RSE system power is on Once the RSE system is selected as an audio source on the radio adjust the speaker volume on the radio if necessary If the RSE system power is not on the RSE system will no
407. specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C Dual Tire Maximum Load Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load when used in a dual configuration For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 64 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 D DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 5 60 E Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture F Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread G Single Tire Maximum Load Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load when used as a single For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 64 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 Tire Size The following examples show the different parts of a tire size P245 75R16 109S i J A B CDE Passenger P Metric Tire LT245 75R16 E120 116
408. ss entry transmitter This feature will not operate if the key is in the ignition You can also program this feature using the Driver Information Center DIC See Door Lock Delay under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 63 Programmable Automatic Door Locks Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic lock unlock feature which enables you to program your vehicle s power door locks You can program this feature through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 63 for more information on DIC programming Rear Door Security Locks With this feature you can lock the rear doors so they can t be opened from the inside by passengers This feature is located on the inside edge of the rear doors a g Cw To use the locks do the following 1 Open one of the rear doors 2 Move the lever forward to engage the rear door security lock 3 Close the door 4 Do the same thing to the other rear door The rear doors cannot be opened from the inside when this feature is in use If you want to open the rear door while the security lock is engaged unlock the door and open the door from the outside Move the lever rearward to disengage the child security lock feature Lockout Protection This feature protects you from locking your key in the vehicle when the key is in the ignition and a door is open If the power lock switch is pressed when a door is open and the key is
409. ssory drive ZN CAUTION bracket and is marked GND Ground Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you do not explosive gas could be present See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 10 for more information on the location of the remote terminals Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately 5 40 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure
410. st the steering wheel before you drive You can raise it to the highest level to give your legs more room when you enter and exit the vehicle The tilt lever is located on the driver s side of the steering column under the turn signal lever To tilt the wheel hold the steering wheel and pull the The lever on the left side of the steering column lever Move the steering wheel to a comfortable includes the following level then release the lever to lock the wheel in place e Turn and Lane Change Signals Turn and Lane Change Signals on page 3 8 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever e 2D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 9 e Flash to Pass Feature See Flash to Pass on page 3 9 e WY Windshield Wipers See Windshield Wipers on page 3 10 Nie Windshield Washer See Windshield Washer on page 3 10 e Cruise Control Cruise Control on page 3 12 For information on the exterior lamps see Exterior Lamps on page 3 15 later in this section Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has two upward for right and two downward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically To signal a lane change just raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it there until you complete your lane change The lever
411. stem Notice If you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 for more information Checking Coolant The coolant surge tank is located in the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 10 for more information on location A CAUTION Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at the FULL COLD mark 5 23 Adding Coolant If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the surge tank but only when the engine is cool A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure it is hand tight and fully seated 5 24 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be
412. stem is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the right front passenger seat is unoccupied the system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat the system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint the system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat a right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time the right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system 1 83 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is of
413. strap loop located in the center of the seat where the seatback and the seat cushion meet Then pull the seat cushion up and push it forward M Next push the seatback forward until it is flat with the floor A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked Return the seat to the normal seating position when finished Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place Extended Models The passenger s side of both the second row 60 40 split bench seat and the second row bucket seat has an easy entry exit feature This makes it easy to get in and out of the third row seat To operate the easy entry seat do the following 1 Lift the release lever on the outboard side of the back of the seat 2 Tilt the seatback toward the front of the vehicle and the seat will release 3 Pull push if you are exiting the third row with no assistance the seat forward until it stops A CAUTION A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted A CAUTION If the seatback is not lock
414. such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your GM dealer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If an Accident Occurs Here is what to d
415. sure the cap is properly and tightly secured The coolant surge tank pressure cap must be fully installed on the coolant surge tank See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 10 for more information on location Engine Overheating You will find a coolant temperature gage on your vehicle s instrument panel cluster See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 42 In addition you will find an ENGINE COOLANT HOT ENGINE OVERHEATED and a REDUCED ENGINE POWER message in the Driver Information Center DIC on the instrument panel See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 54 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 26 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty See Overhea
416. system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced your battery or if your battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This may take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your GM dealer can prepare the vehicle for inspection 3 46 Oil Pressure Gage Canada United States The oil pressure gage shows the engine oil pressure in psi pounds per square inch when the engine is running Canadian vehicles indicate pressure in kPa kilopascals Oil pressure may vary with engine speed outside temperature and oil viscosity but readings above the low pressure zone indicate the normal operating range A reading in the low pressure zone may be caused by a dangerously low oil level or some other problem causing low oil pressure Check your oil as soon as possible See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 54 A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine T
417. t even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat position move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint See Power Seats on page 1 3 If your child restraint is equipped with the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 59 There is no top tether anchor in the right front passenger s position Do not secure a child seat in this position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 59 if the child restraint has a top tether You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Your vehicle has a right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 82 General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If your child restraint is forward facing move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the child restraint in this seat See Power Seats on page 1 3 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s fro
418. t pull the turn signal lever toward you then release it If your headlamps are in the automatic position or on low beam your high beam headlamps will turn on They ll stay on as long as you hold the lever toward you The high beam indicator on the instrument panel cluster will come on Release the lever to return to normal operation Windshield Wipers You control the windshield wipers by turning the band with the wiper symbol on it WY Mist For a single wiping cycle turn the band to mist Hold it there until the wipers start Then let go The wipers will stop after one wipe If you want more wipes hold the band on mist longer S Delay You can set the wiper speed for a long or short delay between wipes This can be very useful in light rain or snow Turn the band to choose the delay time The closer to the top of the lever the shorter the delay GED Low Speed For steady wiping at low speed turn the band away from you to the first solid band past the delay settings B High Speed For high speed wiping turn the band further to the second solid band past the delay settings O Off To stop the wipers move the band to off Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If they re frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If your blades do become worn or damaged get new blades or blade inserts 3 10 Windshield Washer W Washer Fluid There is a paddle mark
419. t No U S 89021184 Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part in Canada 89021186 number or specification may be obtained from Automatic DEXRON VI Automatic your dealer Transmission Transmission Fluid Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Usage Fluid Lubricant A GM Part No U S 12846241 in Engine oil which meets GM Canada 10953474 Standard GM6094M and displays Chassis Lubricant the American Petroleum Institute GM Part No U S 12377985 in Certified for Gasoline Engines Chassis Canada 88901242 or lubricant starburst symbol GM Goodwrench Lubrication meeting requirements of NLGI 2 oil meets all the requirements for Category LB or GC LB your vehicle To determine the 3 proper viscosity for your vehicle s re pea aa engine see Engine Oil on Front and Engine Oil GM Part No U S 12378261 in page 5 11 Rear Axle Canada 10953455 meeting 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable GM Specification 9986115 water and use only DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant on Transmission Fluid Look for page 5 21 Transfer Case Approved for the H Specification Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or on the label System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid ee GM Optikleen Washer Solvent Engine Coolant DEXRON III Automatic Usage Fluid Lubricant Fluid Lubricant Front Axle Outer Tailgate Pa eal ve ree Superlube Propshaft Spli Handle Pivot GM Part No U S 12346241 in f pline Lubricant
420. t be an available source on the radio Refer to the radio information for the radio that your vehicle has for more information The RSE system is capable of outputting audio to the wired headphone jacks on the Rear Seat Audio system if equipped The RSE system may be selected as an audio source on the Rear Seat Audio system if the RSE system power is on Refer to Rear Seat Audio RSA on page 3 97 for more information Video Screen The video screen is located in the overhead console To use the video screen do the following 1 Push forward on the release button located on the DVD display console 2 Pull the screen down away from you and adjust its position as desired When the video screen is not in use push it up into its locked position If a DVD is playing and the screen is raised to its locked position the screen will shut off but the DVD will continue to play through the previous audio or video source The video screen contains the IR transmitters for the wireless headphones and the IR receivers for the remote control If the screen is in the closed position the signals will not be available for the operation of the headphones or the remote control Notice Avoid directly touching the video screen as damage may occur See Cleaning the Video Screen later in this section for more information DVD Player The DVD player is located in the overhead console The DVD player can be controlled by the button
421. t has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 64 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 71 5 63 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers
422. t is coming into Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust your vehicle parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not e Drive it only with all the windows down to park over papers leaves dry grass or other blow out any CO and things that can burn e Have your vehicle fixed immediately 2 26 Running the Engine While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 2 26 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 4 40 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to
423. t some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to There is also important loading information for off road driving in this manual See Loading Your Vehicle for Off Road Driving under Off Road Driving on page 4 17 Add On Equipment When you carry removable items you may need to put a limit on how many people you can carry inside your vehicle Be sure to weigh your vehicle before you buy and install the new equipment Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR of the front or rear axle Automatic Level Control The automatic level control rear suspension comes as a part of the Road Sensing Suspension See Road Sensing Suspension on page 4 9 This type of level control is fully automatic and will provide a better leveled riding position as well as better handling under a variety of passenger and loading conditions An air compressor connected to the rear shocks will raise or lower the rear of the vehicle to maintain proper vehicle height The system is activated when the ignition key is turned to RUN and will automatically adjust vehicle height thereafter 4 51 The system may exhaust lower
424. t wheels to the rear wheels reduces the likelihood the vehicle will tumble end over end But when you drive across an incline the much more narrow track width the distance between the left and right wheels may not prevent the vehicle from tilting and rolling over Also driving across an incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels This could cause a downhill slide or a rollover e Surface conditions can be a problem when you drive across a hill Loose gravel muddy spots or even wet grass can cause the tires to slip sideways downhill If the vehicle slips sideways it can hit something that will trip it a rock a rut etc and roll over Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the Q what if am driving across an incline that is not incline even worse If you drive across a rock too steep but hit some loose gravel and start with the uphill wheels or if the downhill wheels to slide downhill What should do drop into a rut or depression your vehicle can tilt even more A if you feel your vehicle starting to slide sideways f turn downhill This should help straighten out the For reasons like these you need to decide carefully i aie whether to try to drive across an incline Just because vehicle and prevent the side slipping However a much better way to prevent this is to get out and the trail goes across the incline does not mean you have to drive it The last vehicle to try it might have rolled
425. tal aim indicators may not fall exactly on the 0 zero marks on their scales If your vehicle is damaged in an accident the headlamp aim may be affected Aim adjustment to the low beam may be necessary if it is difficult to see lane markers for horizontal aim or if oncoming drivers flash their high beams at you for vertical aim If you believe your headlamps need to be re aimed we recommend that you take your vehicle to your dealer for service However it is possible for you to re aim your headlamps as described in the following procedure 5 46 Notice To make sure your headlamps are aimed properly read all the instructions before beginning Failure to follow these instructions could cause damage to headlamp parts The vehicle should be properly prepared as follows e The vehicle should be placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall or other flat surface e The vehicle must have all four tires on a perfectly level surface which is level all the way to the wall or other flat surface e The vehicle should be placed so it is perpendicular to the wall or other flat surface e The vehicle should not have any snow ice or mud attached to it e The vehicle should be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being done e The vehicle should be normally loaded with a full tank of fuel and one person or 160 Ibs 75 kg on the driver s seat e Tires should be p
426. tart over with Step 1 To let air pressure out of a tire you can use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or a key 6 Proceed to the passenger s side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 7 Proceed to the passenger s side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 8 Proceed to the driver s side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 9 After hearing the confirming horn chirp for the left rear tire check to see if the TPMS warning light is still flashing If it is turn the ignition switch to LOCK to exit the sensor matching process If the TPMS warning light is not flashing the five minute time limit has passed and you will need to start the process over beginning with Step 1 10 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label 11 Put the valve caps back on the valve stems The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor If you replace one of the road tires with the spare the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE message will be displayed on the DIC screen This message should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor The SERVICE TIRE MONITOR message is displayed when the TPMS is malfunctioning One or more missing or inoperable TPMS sensors will cause the service tire monitor message to be displayed See your dealer for service Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Can
427. te fuse blows For more information on fuses see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 107 lf the message returns after replacing the fuse see your GM dealer for service RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR If the passenger s side rear door is not fully closed and the vehicle is in a drive gear this message will appear on the display and you will hear a chime Stop and turn off the vehicle check the door for obstacles and close the door again Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display SERVICE 4WD Four Wheel Drive If you have all wheel drive and a problem occurs with the all wheel drive system this message will appear on the DIC If this message appears stop as soon as possible and turn off the vehicle Restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display If the message is still displayed or appears again when you begin driving the all wheel drive system needs service See your GM dealer Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or the trip odometer reset stem will acknowledge the message and clear it from the DIC display SERVICE AIR BAG If there is a problem with the airbag system this message will be displayed on the DIC Have your GM dealer inspect the system for problems See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 35 and Airbag System on page 1 74 Pressing any of the four DIC buttons or
428. te in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you turn the ignition key to RUN If the light doesn t come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 3 35 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator If your vehicle has a passenger sensing system your rearview mirror will have a passenger airbag status indicator eam ON PASSENGER AIR BAG Passenger Airbag Status Indicator United States Rb Ri Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Canada 3 36 When the ignition key is turned to RUN or START the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag is enabled may inflate A CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned
429. te tape player after activating the bypass feature on your tape player To activate the bypass feature perform the following steps 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Turn the radio off 3 Press and hold the TAPE DISC button for five seconds READY will appear on the display and the tape symbol on the display will flash indicating the feature is active 4 Insert the adapter into the cassette tape slot It will power up the radio and begin playing The override feature will remain active until the eject button is pressed Playing a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it in and the CD should begin playing If you want to insert a CD with the ignition off first press the eject button or the INFO knob If the ignition or radio is turned off with the CD in the player it will stay in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD will start playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol will appear on the display As each new track starts to play the track number will appear on the display The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled Ther
430. ted Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 26 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine The ENGINE COOLANT HOT message along with a low coolant condition can indicate a serious problem If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day e Stop after high speed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic e Tow a trailer See Towing a Trailer on page 4 53 5 25 If you get the ENGINE COOLANT HOT message with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 If your air conditioner is on turn it off 2 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary 3 If you are in a traffic jam shift to NEUTRAL N otherwise shift to the highest gear while driving DRIVE D If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues pull over stop park and fast idle your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam and your vehicle is equipped with an engine driven cooling fan push down the accelerator until the engine speed is about twice as fast as normal idle speed for at least three minutes while you are parked If there is
431. ted at the bottom rear of the seat cushion for each seating position in the second row Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Third Row Seat Regular Models For Extended models with third row seating the top tether anchor is located at the bottom rear of the seat Second Row Seat Bucket Similar Extended cushion for the center seating position in the third row Models For Regular models with third row seating there is one top tether anchor located at the bottom rear of the seat cushion that can be used for either the center or passenger side seating position in the third row but not for both Never install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor 1 63 Third Row Bench Extended Models For Regular models do not secure a child restraint in the right front passenger s position or the third row driver s side seating position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached There is no place to attach the top tether in this position For Extended models do not secure a child restraint in the right front passenger s position or the third row outboard seating positions if a national or local 1 64 law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instruct
432. tems do not record sounds such as conversation of vehicle occupants To read this information special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data is required GM will not access information about a crash event or share it with others other than e with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee e in response to an official request of police or similar government office e as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or e as required by law In addition once GM collects or receives data GM may e use the data for GM research needs e make it available for research where appropriate confidentiality is to be maintained and need is shown or e share summary data which is not tied to a specific vehicle with non GM organizations for research purposes Others such as law enforcement may have access to the special equipment that can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data If your vehicle is equipped with OnStar please check the OnStar subscription service agreement or manual for information on its operations and data collection Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs
433. ter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer Remember to bring any remaining transmitters with you when you go to your dealer When the dealer matches the replacement transmitter to your vehicle any remaining transmitters must also be matched Once your dealer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle Each vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters matched to it Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in your remote keyless entry transmitter should last about two years You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter will not work at the normal range in any location If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works it is probably time to change the battery Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery in the keyless entry transmitter do the following 1 Insert a thin object such as a coin in the slot between the covers of the transmitter housing near the key ring hole Remove the bottom by twisting the coin 2 Remove and replace the battery with a three volt CR2032 or equivalent battery positive side up 3 Align the covers and snap them together 4 Resynchronize the transmitter See Resynchronization following
434. tesectiesececetieceteeete eter 5 100 Washing Your Vehicle seeeeeeeee eee eeee 5 101 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 00 5 5 101 Finish Care c2icscseeindscetessaetvtcaciasevessanssyers gecead 5 101 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades 5 102 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 102 TIES a can scMar cs a EE statearce 5 103 Sheet Metal Damage seeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 103 Finish Damage icsiicisecesecasd seenee vient yeeedens 5 103 Underbody Maintenance eeeeeeeeeee eee 5 103 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeee eee 5 104 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 104 Vehicle Identification eee 5 105 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 5 105 Service Parts Identification Label 5 106 Electrical System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 106 Add On Electrical Equipment 6 eee 5 106 Windshield Wiper Fuses icce 5 107 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 107 Fuses and Circuit Breakers cceeeeeeee ees 5 107 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0000 5 108 Center Instrument Panel Fuse Block 5 110 Underhood Fuse Block c eeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 111 Capacities and Specifications 5 116 Service Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy with it We hope you will go to your dealer
435. th the memory function if equipped on your vehicle See Memory Seat on page 2 47 The vehicle must be in PARK P for this feature to operate 2 The buttons used to adjust the pedals are located on the drivers side door panel Press the button closest to you to move the pedals closer to you Press the button farthest from you to move the pedals away from you Engine Coolant Heater Your vehicle may be equipped with an engine coolant heater In very cold weather 0 F 18 C or colder the engine coolant heater can help You will get easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Usually the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle At temperatures above 32 F 0 C use of the coolant heater is not required Your vehicle may also have an internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord This will prevent operation of the engine coolant heater when the temperature is at or above 0 F 18 C as noted on the cord To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The cord is located on the driver s side of the engine compartment near the power steering fluid reservoir 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire Yo
436. th traffic flow Treat the left lane on a freeway as a passing lane At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway If you have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp you should begin to check traffic Try to determine where you expect to blend with the flow Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed Switch on your turn signal check your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow Once you are on the freeway adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it is slower Stay in the right lane unless you want to pass Before changing lanes check your mirrors Then use your turn signal Just before you leave the lane glance quickly over your shoulder to make sure there is not another vehicle in your blind spot Once you are moving on the freeway make certain you allow a reasonable following distance Expect to move slightly slower at night When you want to leave the freeway move to the proper lane well in advance If you miss your exit do not under any circumstances stop and back up Drive on to the next exit The exit ramp can be curved sometimes quite sharply The exit speed is usually posted 4 35 Reduce your speed according to your speedometer not to your sense of motion After driving for any distance at higher speeds you may tend to think you are going slower tha
437. the vehicle Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to clear the ground 5 86 Rear Tire Flat If the flat tire is on a rear tire of the vehicle you will need to use the jack handle and both jack handle extensions Attach the wheel wrench to the jack handle extensions Attach the jack handle to the jack Use the jacking pad provided on the rear axle Rear Position Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to clear the ground 5 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel 4 Remove all the wheel nuts and take off the flat tire A CAUTION A CAUTION J Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts If Rust or dirt on the wheel or on the parts to you do the nuts might come loose Your wheel which it is fastened can make the wheel nuts could fall off causing a serious accident become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off 5 87 6 Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel after mounting the spare
438. the source You can operate the rear seat audio when the main radio is off 3 97 Cy Power Press this button to turn the system on or off The rear speakers will be muted when the power is turned on unless your vehicle is equipped with the Bose audio system 3 98 Volume Turn this knob to increase or to decrease the volume The left knob controls the left headphones and the right knob controls the right headphones SRC Source Press this button to select a source radio cassette tapes CDs or DVDs V SEEK A When listening to FM1 FM2 or AM press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there This function is inactive if the front seat passengers are listening to the radio When a cassette tape is playing press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or previous selection This function is inactive if the front seat passengers are listening to a cassette tape When a CD is playing press the up arrow to go to the next track on the CD Press the down arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than eight seconds have played This function is inactive if the front seat passengers are listening to a CD PROG Program Press this button to go to the next preset radio station set on the pushbuttons on the main radio This function is inactive if the front seat passengers are listening to the radio When a cassette tape is playing press this button to go t
439. the sunroof is fully tilted upward and the button is held for an additional twenty seconds This will reset the memory and enable the sunroof to function properly Vehicle Personalization In addition to the following features your vehicle may also have features that can be programmed through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 63 for more information Memory Seat If your vehicle has this feature the controls for the memory function are located on the driver s door These buttons are used to program and recall memory settings for the driver s seat both the driver s and passenger s outside mirrors and the throttle and brake pedals for vehicles with the adjustable throttle and brake pedal feature The settings for these features can be saved for up to two drivers 2 47 To store the settings do the following 1 While the vehicle is in PARK P adjust the driver s seat including the seatback recliner lumbar and side wing area both of the outside mirrors and the throttle and brake pedals to your preference 2 Press and hold the 1 or 2 button of the memory control for three seconds A double chime will sound to let you know that the position has been stored To repeat the procedure for a second driver follow the preceding steps but press the other numbered memory control button Each time button 1 or 2 is pressed and released while the vehicle is in PARK P a s
440. they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 13 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 11 for further details Notice It is important to check your oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep your engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to your engine not covered by your warranty Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 27 for further details Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month At Least Once a Year Tire Inflation Check Starter Switch Check Visually inspect your vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to 3 check the spare tire See Tires on page 5 57 for further A CAUTION details Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 78 When you are doing this inspection the Tire Wear Inspection vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil
441. thing that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you ina crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Also look for any opened or broken airbag covers and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Notice f you damage the covering for a frontal airbag or an airbag covering on a seatback the airbag may not work properly You may have to replace the airbag module in the steering wheel both the airbag module and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s frontal airbag or both the airbag module and seatback for seating positions with a side impact airbag Do not open or break the airbag coverings 1 87 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible 1 88 If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH system parts After a very minor collision nothing may be necessary But if the belts were stretched as they would be if worn during a more severe crash then you need new part
442. this information 5 Check the operation of the transmitter Resynchronization Resynchronization may be necessary due to the security method used by this system The transmitter does not send the same signal twice to the receiver The receiver will not respond to a signal that has been sent previously This prevents anyone from recording and playing back the signal from the transmitter To resynchronize your transmitter stand close to your vehicle and press and hold the lock and unlock buttons on the transmitter at the same time for 15 seconds The door locks should cycle to confirm synchronization If the locks do not cycle see your dealer for service Doors and Locks There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle To unlock the door from the outside use the keyless entry system or the key Door Locks vey E To unlock or lock the door from the inside slide the S manual lever forward A CAUTION or rearward Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even de
443. three hand held transmitters used to activate devices such as gate operators garage door openers entry door locks security systems and home lighting If your vehicle is equipped with the Universal Home Remote Transmitter it complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes and modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Universal Home Remote System Operation Do not use the Universal Home Remote with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 If you have a newer garage door opener with rolling codes please be sure to follow Steps 6 through 8 to complete the programming of your Universal Home Remote Transmitter Read the instructions completely before attempting to program the Universal Home Remote Because of the steps involved it may be
444. tion inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of your tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly accelerate Both control systems steering and acceleration have to do their work where the tires meet the road Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too much of those places You can lose control See StabiliTrak System on page 4 9 What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down If you have StabiliTrak you may see the STABILITY SYSTEM ACTIVE message on the message center See Stability System Active Message under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 54 Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while your front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wa
445. tire pressure light telltale will appear at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure 5 67 The Tire and Loading Information label tire information placard shows the size of your vehicle s original tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 64 For the location of the tire and loading information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 Your vehicle s TPMS can alert you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 70 and Tires on page 5 57 Notice Do not use a tire sealant if your vehicle has Tire Pressure Monitors The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure monitor sensors Resetting the TPMS Identification Codes Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you rotate your vehicle s tires or replace one or more of the TPMS sensors the identification codes will need to be matched to the new tire wheel position Each tire wheel position is matched to a sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure The sensors are matched to the tire wheel positions in the following order LF TIRE left front tire on the driver s side of the vehicle RF TIRE right front tire on the passengers side of the vehicle RR TIRE right rear tire on the passengers side of the vehicle and LR TI
446. tires Tow Haul Mode Tow haul is designed to assist while your vehicle is pulling a large or heavy load or trailer Tow haul is most useful while pulling such a load in rolling terrain in stop and go traffic or when you need improved low speed control such as when parking The purpose of the tow haul mode is to do the following e Reduce the frequency and improve the predictability of transmission shifts when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load e Provide the same solid shift feel when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load as when the vehicle is unloaded e Improve control of vehicle speed while requiring less throttle pedal activity when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load Tow haul is designed to be most effective when the vehicle and trailer combined weight is at least 75 percent of the vehicle s Gross Combination Weight Rating GCWR See Weight of the Trailer later in this section Press this button at the end of the shift lever to enable disable the tow haul mode A light on the instrument panel will illuminate to indicate that tow haul mode has been selected The vehicle will automatically turn off tow haul every time it is started Driving with tow haul activated without a heavy load or with no trailer will cause reduced fuel economy and unpleasant engine and transmission driving characteristics but will not cause damage Operating the vehicle in tow haul when ligh
447. tlets located on the back of the center console above the cupholder and in the rear cargo area on the passenger side Do not try to put the cigarette lighter in any of the accessory outlets Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating Check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment Certain power accessory plugs may not be compatible with the accessory power outlets and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer for additional information on the accessory power plugs Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter The front ashtray and lighter are located in the center console near the cupholders if equipped Press on the access door to open it and use the ashtray and lighter Notice If you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray To remove the ashtray pull it from the center console Slide it back in and push down to
448. tly damage the disc and DVD player Recommended Action Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out or buzzes Check for obstructions low batteries reception range and interference from cellular telephone towers or by using your cellular telephone in the vehicle Check that the headphones are facing the front of the vehicle lost the remote and or See your dealer for the headphones assistance The DVD is playing but there is no picture or sound The audio video skips or jumps The audio from XM has taken over the audio from the DVD or CD when using the wired headphones Check that the DVD player is in DVD mode The DVD or CD could be dirty scratched or damaged The RSE is working correctly Use the wireless headphones or have the front seat passengers listen to another audio source DVD Messages The following errors may be displayed on the video screen Disc Format Error This message will be displayed if a disc is inserted upside down if the disc is not readable or if the format is not compatible with the DVD player Load Eject Error This message will be displayed if the disc is not properly loaded or ejected Disc Play Error This message will be displayed if the DVD player cannot play the disc Scratched or damaged discs will cause this error Region Code Error This message will be displayed if the region code of the DVD is not compatible with the region code of the
449. tly loaded or with no trailer at all will not cause damage However there is no benefit to the selection of tow haul when the vehicle is unloaded Such a selection when unloaded may result in unpleasant engine and transmission driving characteristics and reduced fuel economy Tow haul is recommended only when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight 4 55 Use the following chart to determine how much your vehicle can weigh based upon your vehicle model and options 7 800 Ibs 3 538 kg 14 000 Ibs 6 350 kg Escalade ESV Platinum AWD 6 0L 7 200 Ibs 3 266 kg 14 000 Ibs 6 350 kg The Gross Combination Weight Rating GCWR is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including an
450. to Cadillac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help contact the Cadillac Customer Assistance Center 24 hours a day by calling 1 800 458 8006 In Canada contact the Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre by calling 1 888 446 2000 7 2 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Cadillac pleas
451. to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after awhile your emission controls may not work as well your fuel economy may not be as good and your engine may not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that may not be covered by your warranty 3 44 Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and may cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This may also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 This light should come on as a check to show you it is working when the ignition is on and the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light will also come on during a malfunction in one of two ways e Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and may damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required e Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required
452. to turn off random play RDM OFF will appear on the display lt q SEEK P Press the right or the left arrow to go to the next or to the previous track on the CD lt SCAN P Press and hold either arrow for more than two seconds until SCAN appears on the display and you hear a beep The radio will go to the next track play for 10 seconds then go on to the next track Press either SCAN arrow again to stop scanning BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD s will remain safely inside the player for future listening TAPE DISC Press this button to play a CD if a CD is loaded in the changer and the radio is on Press this button to switch between playing a tape and a CD in the CD changer if both are loaded 3 101 CD Changer Errors CHK CD Check If this message appears on the display it could be for one of the following reasons e It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There may have been a problem while burning the CD e The label may be caught in the CD player e The CD player is very hot Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged C
453. ton or when the stability control has been automatically disabled There are four conditions that can cause this message to appear e One condition is overheating which could occur if StabiliTrak activates continuously for an extended period of time e The message will also be displayed if the brake system warning light is on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 39 e The message could be displayed if the stability system takes longer than usual to complete its diagnostic checks due to driving conditions e Also if an engine or vehicle related problem has been detected and the vehicle needs service the message will appear See your GM dealer The message will turn off as soon as the conditions that caused the message to be displayed are no longer present For more information on the StabiliTrak system see StabiliTrak System on page 4 9 TIGHTEN FUEL CAP If the vehicle s fuel cap is not tightened properly this message may appear along with the check engine light on the instrument panel See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 44 Reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 5 6 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light and message off TRACTION ACTIVE Whe
454. ton to select the choices that are highlighted in any menu Playing a Disc To play a disc gently insert the disc with the label side up into the loading slot The DVD player will continue loading the disc and the player will automatically start if the vehicle is in RUN ACCESSORY or when RAP is active If a disc is already in the player press the play pause button on the DVD player faceplate or on the remote control Some DVDs will not allow fast forwarding or skipping of the copyright information or previews Some DVDs will begin playing after the previews have finished If the DVD does not begin to play the main title refer to the on screen instructions Stopping and Resume Playback To stop playing a disc press and release the stop button on the DVD player faceplate or the remote control To resume playback press the play pause button on the DVD player faceplate or the remote control The movie should resume play from where it was last stopped if the disc has not been ejected and the stop button has not been pressed twice If the disc has been ejected or if the stop button has been pressed twice the disc will resume play at the beginning Ejecting a Disc Press the eject button on the DVD player faceplate to eject the disc There is not an eject button on the remote control If a disc is ejected from the player but is not removed the DVD player will reload the disc after a short period of time The disc will
455. ton until PERIMETER LIGHTS appears in the display To select your preference for perimeter lighting press the select button while PERIMETER LIGHTS is displayed on the DIC Pressing the select button will scroll through the following choices PERIMETER LIGHTS ON default The headlamps and back up lamps will come on for 40 seconds if it is dark enough outside when you unlock the vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter PERIMETER LIGHTS OFF The perimeter lights will not come on when you unlock the vehicle with the remote keyless entry transmitter Choose one of the available options and press the customization button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it and move on to the next feature Easy Exit Seat Press the customization button until EASY EXIT SEAT appears in the display To select your preference for seat position exit press the select button while EASY EXIT SEAT is displayed on the DIC Pressing the select button will scroll through the following choices EASY EXIT SEAT OFF default No seat exit recall will occur EASY EXIT SEAT ON The driver s seat will move to the exit position when the key is removed from the ignition Choose one of the available options and press the customization button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it and move on to the next feature For more information on seat position exit see Memory Seat on page 2 47 Curb View Press the customization button unti
456. tractor To make the belt longer tilt the latch plate and pull it along the belt To make the belt shorter pull its free end as shown until the belt is snug Buckle position and release it the same way as the lap part of a lap shoulder belt If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 47 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head There is one guide for each passenger position with a lap shoulder belt in the rear seats Here is how to install a comfort guide and use the safety belt 1 Second Row Seat For the second row remove the guide from its storage clip on the trim panel near the side of the seatback or from the side of the center seat 1 45 Third Row Seat For the third row remove the guide from its storage clip on the side of the seatback 1 46 2 Place the guide over the belt and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat The guide must be on top of the belt A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the
457. tus Indicator United States 1 82 Ro Ri Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Canada The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver s airbag and the side airbags are not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat and safety belt The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat General Motors recommends that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing sy
458. ty belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts Airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them CAUTION Continued 1 74 CAUTION Continued Frontal airbags for the driver and right front passenger are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes And for some unrestrained occupants frontal airbags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful airbags have provided in the past Side impact airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle They are not designed to inflate in frontal in rollover or in rear crashes Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person CAUTION Continued belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag A CAUTION Both frontal and side impact airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye If you are too close to an inflating airbag as you would be if you were leaning forward it could seriously injure you Safety be
459. u could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged 2 20 How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in The answer depends on the outside temperature the kind of oil you have and some other things Instead of trying to list everything here we ask that you contact your dealer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle The dealer can give you the best advice for that particular area Automatic Transmission Operation Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transmission and features an electronic shift position indicator located within the instrument panel cluster There are several different positions for your shift lever PARK P This position locks your drive wheels It is the best position to use when you start your engine because your vehicle cannot move easily A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To
460. uch up materials available from your GM dealer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your GM dealer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection 5 103 At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this GM will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 5 104 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Use Polishing Cloth Interior and exterior Wax Treated polishing cloth Tar and Road Oil Removes tar road oil Remover and asp
461. uins 5 6 Fuels in Foreign Countries ceeceeeneeeeeees 5 6 Gage Terlena anenee cial enn e Eaa 3 49 Gasoline Octane ceeeeeeeeeeee eee eee eee een een ees 5 4 Gasoline Specifications ceeeeeeeeeeee nee e ees 5 5 Low Warning Light siise einun 3 49 Fuses Center Instrument Panel Fuse Block 5 110 Fuses and Circuit Breakers eeeeeeeee 5 107 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 006 5 108 Underhood Fuse Block ceeeeeeeeee eee 5 111 Windshield Wiper 0e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 5 107 Gage Engine Coolant Temperature eeeeeeee 3 42 T E EE E A 3 49 Oill PreSSUTE cies csesesecsers dives Seeds leaceecicinerteess 3 46 Speedometer ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeaeees 3 34 Tachometer ss tenedsvewcatdhodancadensaweceniaiedkenelededbes 3 34 Transmission Temperature seeeeeeeee ees 3 42 Voltmeter Gage cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeaeenes 3 38 Garage Door Opener ccceeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeenes 2 38 Gasoline OCTANE eae Ee a 5 4 Specifications cesses se inoa a AE n 5 5 GIOVE BOX seiiadsacscaconesetcennigcvhosdtasettan seandessregess 2 42 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 5 7 5 Hazard Warning Flashers eeceeeeeeee een ee ees 3 6 Head Restraints cic ssccsccccccsssacancetaeiacaredesieeice setae 1 7 Headlamp AIMN a entdeacieass ne egies Seah anaralaeees 5 46 Horizontal AMINO sccccc
462. urn the bulb connector counterclockwise and remove it with the old bulb from the headlamp assembly Unplug the electrical connector from the old bulb Plug in the electrical connector to the new bulb using care not to touch the bulb with your hands fingers or anything damp or oily 13 14 15 Place the headlamp assembly back into the vehicle being sure to align the lower locator tab with the pocket on the vehicle see arrow Push the headlamp assembly straight in and then down into position Install the two pins and snap the ends into their locked position Reinstall the grille and radiator cover by reversing the removal procedure described previously 5 53 Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Daytime Running Lamps A Low Beam D High Beam Headlamp Headlamp B Daytime Running E Front Parking Turn Lamp DRL Signal Lamp C Sidemarker Lamp 5 54 To replace a front turn signal sidemarker or DRL bulb do the following 1 Remove the headlamp assembly as described previously See Headlamps on page 5 50 for more information Remove the rubber circular shaped bulb cap for the affected bulb from the headlamp assembly Press the locking release lever turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove it from the headlamp assembly There is no lock for the sidemarker lamp Remove the old bulb from the bulb socket Put the new bulb into the bulb socket Put the bulb socket into
463. utes after the ignition key is turned to LOCK or until one of the doors is opened Starting the Engine Your vehicle is equipped with Starter Motor Control This feature assists in starting the engine and protects the electrical system This feature may cause the engine to crank even after the ignition key is not in START Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine will not start in any other position that is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Do not try to shift to PARK P if your vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Notice Holding your key in START for longer than 15 seconds at a time will disengage the starter motor cause your battery to be drained much sooner and add excessive heat that can damage your starter motor Try not to hold the key in START for longer than 15 seconds and wait about 15 seconds between each try to help avoid draining your battery or damaging your starter 2 18 2 If it does not start within 10 seconds push the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor while you hold the ignition key in START When the engine starts let go of the key and let up on the accelerator peda
464. utton When AUTO is selected the display will change to show the current driver s set temperature delivery mode and fan speed Press the AUTO button again within five seconds to display the passenger s set temperature If the driver s and passenger s temperature settings are the same when AUTO is pressed the temperature setting and both arrows will be displayed for five seconds along with the automatic air delivery mode and fan speed After the five second update the display will change to show the temperature setting both arrows and AUTO If the driver s and passenger s temperature settings are not the same the opposite side temperature setting will be displayed for an additional five seconds To make the passenger s temperature the same as the driver s press and hold the AUTO button for about four seconds When auto is selected the air conditioning operation and air inlet will be automatically controlled The air conditioning compressor will run when the outside temperature is over about 40 F 4 C The air inlet will normally be set to outside air If it s hot outside the air inlet may automatically switch to recirculate inside air to help quickly cool down your vehicle The light on the button will illuminate in recirculation Set the driver s and passenger s temperature To find your comfort setting start with a 74 F 23 C temperature setting and allow about 20 minutes for the system to regu
465. vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transmission in PARK P or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or accessory power outlets Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save your radio 4 Open the hoods and locate the positive and negative terminal locations of the other vehicle Your vehicle has a remote positive jump starting terminal and a remote negative jump starting terminal You should always use these remote terminals instead of the terminals on the battery The remote positive terminal is located near the engine accessory drive bracket On some vehicles the terminal may be covered by a red plastic cover To access the remote positive terminal open the cover if equipped 5 39 The remote negative terminal is located on the engine acce
466. ver You can be seriously or fatally injured if the vehicle rolls over Put heavy loads inside the cargo area not on the roof Keep cargo in the cargo area as far forward and low as possible You will find other important information in this manual See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 Luggage Carrier on page 2 43 and Tires on page 5 57 Environmental Concerns Off road driving can provide wholesome and satisfying recreation However it also raises environmental concerns We recognize these concerns and urge every off roader to follow these basic rules for protecting the environment e Always use established trails roads and areas that have been specially set aside for public off road recreational driving obey all posted regulations e Avoid any driving practice that could damage the environment shrubs flowers trees grasses or disturb wildlife this includes wheel spinning breaking down trees or unnecessary driving through streams or over soft ground e Always carry a litter bag make sure all refuse is removed from any campsite before leaving e Take extreme care with open fires where permitted camp stoves and lanterns e Never park your vehicle over dry grass or other combustible materials that could catch fire from the heat of the vehicle s exhaust system Traveling to Remote Areas It makes sense to plan your trip especially when going to a remote area Know the terrain and plan your route
467. w Haul MODE ccacciciantunmadinctaatenrencestemnense 2 23 Lockout Protection ccccccecceseecceeeeeeeeeeees 2 10 Parking Brake scccsceseeeseeseeeteeeeeeenees 2 23 Liftgate LiftglaASS is cciddac ccasardcbesecancsconnccescsesdeasie 2 11 Shifting Into Park P csccsssesersetseeeseetees 2 24 Windows 2 12 Shifting Out of Park P cinneann 2 25 oes ee ee ee ee ee Parking Over Things That Burn ee desis mea eae 2 26 Power WINdOWS see eee eee 2 13 Engine Exhaust siccccccsctscacendvsenrinetansnsetietanends 2 26 S n VISOFS ieies saicscusteawnamenenweniehaaranenerh 2 14 Running the Engine While Parked c 000 2 27 Theft Deterrent Systems ccceeeeeeeee eres 2 14 Content Theft Deterrent ecceeeeeeeeeees 2 14 Passlock serer 2 16 2 1 Section 2 Features and Controls MIN OTS ersin n a Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar and Compass cccccceceeeeeeeeees Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display desiere a a E Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with COMPASS searadair Erona aa eE DESA Outside Power Mirrors cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Outside Convex Mirror c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee es Outside Heated Mirrors cceeeeeeeeee eee eeeees Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror with Curb VIEW ASSIST oieri ied ea eae aa EEEREN OnStar System cccccccccccccccceececceeeeeeeees Univers
468. whole control up or down Vertical Control This control adjusts the seatback Move the reclining front seatback rearward or forward by moving the control toward the rear or toward the front of the vehicle This adjusts the angle of the seatback For more information on the reclining seatbacks see Reclining Seatbacks on page 1 6 The power seat controls are located on the outboard Your vehicle may have a memory function which allows edge of the front seats seat settings to be saved and recalled See Memory Seat on page 2 47 for more information Power Lumbar Your vehicle s seats may be equipped with power lumbar You can increase or decrease lumbar support in an area of the lower seatback with this control located on the outboard sides of the front seat s To increase support press and hold the front of the control To decrease support press and hold the rear of the control Let go of the control when the lower seatback reaches the desired level of support You can also reshape the side wing area of the lower seatback for more lateral support To increase support press and hold the top of the control To decrease support press and hold the bottom of the control Let go of the control when the lower seatback reaches the desired level of support Your vehicle may have a memory function which allows seat settings to be saved and recalled See Memory Seat on page 2 47 for more information Heated S
469. will chirp when the alarm is active ALARM WARNING LAMPS The headlamps will flash when the alarm is active Choose one of the available options and press the customization button while your choice is displayed on the DIC to select it and move on to the next feature For more information on alarm warning type see Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 14 3 68 Language To select your preference for display language press the select button while LANGUAGE is displayed on the DIC Pressing the select button will scroll through the following languages e ENGLISH e FRANCAIS French e ESPANOL Spanish Choose one of the available options and press the customization button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it If you accidentally choose a language that you do not want or understand press and hold the customization button and the trip information button at the same time The DIC will begin scrolling through the languages in their particular language English will be in English Francais will be in French and Espanol will be in Spanish When you see the language that you would like release both buttons The DIC will then display the information in the language you chose You can also scroll through the different languages by pressing and holding the trip reset stem for four seconds as long as you are in the odometer mode Display Units Press the customization button until DISPLAY UNITS appears in the display To sele
470. will diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to assure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior accidents In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to
471. with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 74 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 5 64 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following e Too much flexing e Too much heat e Tire overloading e Premature or irregular wear e Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear e Poor handling e Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards A Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle
472. y adjust the fan speed Press the up arrow to increase fan speed and the down arrow to decrease fan speed Pressing this button when the system is off will turn the system on 3 26 Ree 1H Mode Press this button to manually change the direction of the airflow in your vehicle Repeatedly press the button until the desired mode appears on the display If you press the mode button to select an air delivery mode the display will change to show you the selected air mode delivery The display will then show the current status of the system When the system is turned off the display will go blank after displaying the current status of the system pe Panel This setting will deliver air to the instrument panel outlets pi Bi Level This setting will deliver warmer air to the floor and cooler air to the instrument panel outlets ted Floor This setting will deliver air to the floor outlets Nw Defog See Defogging and Defrosting later in this section lt amp Recirculation Press this button to limit the amount of outside air entering your vehicle The light on the recirculation button will glow This is helpful when you are trying to limit odors entering your vehicle and for maximum air conditioning performance in hot weather Press this button again to allow outside air to enter the vehicle The light on the recirculation button will go off Pressing this button also cancels the auto recirculation featu
473. y installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 72 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information 5 73 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards 5 74 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a ti
474. y latch do the following Your vehicle has an underbody mounted tire hoist assembly equipped with a secondary latch system It is designed to stop the spare tire from suddenly falling off your vehicle For the secondary latch to work the spare must be installed with the valve stem pointing down See Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools on page 5 92 A CAUTION Before beginning this procedure read all the instructions Failure to read and follow the instructions could damage the hoist assembly and you and others could get hurt Read and follow the instructions listed below 1 Check under the vehicle to see if the cable end is visible If the cable is not visible proceed to Step 6 2 If it is visible first try to tighten the cable by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice You cannot overtighten the cable 3 Loosen the cable by turning the wrench counterclockwise three or four turns 4 Repeat this procedure at least two times If the spare tire lowers to the ground continue with Step 5 of Removing the Spare Tire and Tools on page 5 80 5 89 5 If the spare does not lower turn the wrench counterclockwise until approximately 6 inches 15 cm of cable is exposed 6 Stand the wheel blocks on their shortest ends with the backs facing each other 7 Place the bottom edge of the jack A on the wheel blocks B separating them so that the jack is balanced se
475. y passengers cargo equipment and conversions The GCWR for your vehicle should not be exceeded You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or Weight of the Trailer Tongue advice or you can write us at the address listed in your Warranty and Owner Assistance Information The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight Booklet to measure because it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW In Canada write to includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you General Motors of Canada Limited may carry in it and the people who will be riding in Customer Communication Centre 163 005 the vehicle If you have a lot of options equipment 1908 Colonel Sam Drive passengers or cargo in your vehicle it will reduce the Oshawa tongue weight your vehicle can carry which will Ontario L1H 8P7 also reduce the trailer weight your vehicle can tow And if you will tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 46 for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity 4 56 The trailer tongue weight A should be 10 percent to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B up to a maximum of 600 Ibs 272 kg with a weight carrying hitch The trailer tongue weight A should be 10 percent to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B up to the maximum of
476. y to wear safety belts A If possible an older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear seat In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly Q What if a child is wearing a lap shoulder belt but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child s face or neck A If the child is sitting in a rear seat outside position move the child toward the center of the vehicle If the child is sitting in the second row center position move the child toward the safety belt buckle In either case be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child s shoulder so that in a crash the child s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide See Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides on page 1 45 lf the child is so small that the shoulder belt is still very close to the child s face or neck you might want to place the child in a rear seat that has a lap belt if your vehicle has one A CAUTION Never
477. your vehicle in good shape for winter e You may want to put winter emergency supplies in your vehicle Also see Tires on page 5 57 4 40 Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You will have a lot less traction or grip and will need to be very careful What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution Accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the sur

Cadillac 2006 Escalade User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents